Mahindra-XUV500-W6-W8-W10-Owner-s-Manual.pdf

car manual

1. P 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:52 AM File: \’XUV_DITAL
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

an

Owner's Manual
ALI py WE/W8/W10

Original Issue Date: April 2015

OTE Carefuly read understand and folow the instructions proved in this manual and keep tin a cafe place for future reference If you have ary doubt whstsoever regarding the use
or care of your vehicle please wait your Mahindra dealer for assistance or anne.

‘This Ouner's Manual should be considered as en integral part of the vehicle and should remain wth the vehicle

2. P 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:53 AM File: VXUV_DITAZ
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

en

Mahindra

MAHINDRA & MAHINDRA LTD, GATEWAY BUILDING, APOLLO BUNDER, MUMBAI - 400 039

wammabincracom
wamemahingaea500.com

3. o
fae Gi CONTENT br MS

11.0 M040

FF ditamap

(b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:53 AM File: galos

4. INTFOOUCTION AND SAFETY FREGALMONS
Ireroducion
SaySimbals.
General Safety Information and netucticro.
‘Tomar ct a Mahindra Vaile
Audo/rfotarment Manual
2 GENERAL
Feature Matra
Omensiors,
Lubricants and Capacities,
Bub Specification
Fuses & Palos
Fst Tir
¡danting Compenarts inthe Engine Compartment,
Techrcal Spesicatons
‘Vehicle Ideefieston Number (VIN).
Engine Number.
3 VEHIOLEOVERMEW.
Frere Overa.
esr Overview,
Iretrument Panel Oven.
à INSTRUMENT CLUSTER O/ERMEW.
Instrument Cube.
‘Waring Lamps Gien
Warming Lamps:

aA
a
a4
12
13
15
21
21
25
26
27
27
243
221
222

22a
31

Bsteeee

ap

S SEATS AND SEAT EATS

Front Saeta.
Power Sex [Driver Side ol equipped)

ood Pesrant.

‘Second Pow Ses.

Tried ow Seas,

Genera Wamings and Instructions Seat Bets.
Fostering thaSes: Bat (3-Pore pal

Fattaringthe Se Bat[2PoirtLap ype).
Urfasteing the St Bet {both Pare & BP
Soot Bot Height Ajust

Chi Pestraie Sater (CAS) equipped)

8 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEMISAS)If exquippes)

Ait.
Driver nd Frore Passenger Air Bog
te maset Airbag

Cortsnarbag

‘Airbag System Maurction Lamp
Airbag Mfaton/Dopoyment.

Chi Pastran and Airbag,

Airbag Depiomert

‘Airbag Paplacamrt.

‘Sof Removing SAS Rated Part.
Airbag Disposal

Airbag Papa.

Table of Contents

510

4. F diemap

e „11.0 MO40 (02992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:68:53 AM File: VXUV_DIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_F

oD

ble of Contents

Airbag Mantanance.
7 LOCKSANO KES
Doors.
CentralLockéng System
(Child Safety Pear Door Lock
erate Kayess Ertry(PKE} Systm

Passive Keyless Erery Smar kay] / SmartKey Stem ff equipped.

Engne InmctizerSyetam
8. FEATURES AND CONTROL.

Quadruple Switch,

Menor

Sunvise.

Uti Motera

Hern

IrtaiorLomps.

Power Out.

Instrument Pane luminsticn

AUX and USB Ports

Exterior Lampa.

Windehieis Wipers,

Electric Surroct{if equipped)

Instrument Cuter

‘Wering/Taltale Lampe inte Instrument Custer
(9 STEERING AND BRAKES.

‘Steering

en
74
74
73
7a
75

740

‘Steering Controls Auto
rakes

Hazard on Panic Braking

‘Antilock Brake System ABS) eqirpet

Elton Brake Force Distribution (E BD) 4 equipe.
Hydrau Brake Asis(HBAJ{N equipped).
oganeratieBratng f equipped)

73 10. HEATING VENTLATION AND ARCONOIMONINS SYSTEM HVAC)
81 HVAC Dani
84 imate Corea,
ss Temperature Control
85 ‘lower Speed Control
es Economy Bttan(ECon)
era ArcondtinerON{ACON,
ana ocean Mode
sis Fresh A Mods
620 Pose AC
820 Auto Mode automatic Oiate Corral er)
se Air Dabuion Mode
820 Papi Cabin Cacing
esa Papi Cabin Heating,
897 Frort Windehald Dfogging/De-matng
842 esr Windstald Dfogging/De-misting
81 Ponts to Pamembar
sa 41. STARTING ANDDRMNG THE VEHICLE.

—o—

225858228

5. Fw MO40 (02992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:68:53 AM File: VXUV_DIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap 6D

Table of Contents

Ser Tipe Before Staring your Vee, ma Vehicle Does nt Start- Checks. 131
‘Starting the Engine ma Vehicle Oerheatng 192
‘Stoppingthe Engne. 112 dump Starting 138
Esraust Gases ma Limp Home Mode 135
Deng Your Vehicle, us Towing. 136
Tips for Beer Fuel Economy. 118 14. MAINTENANCE, 141
Igntion Switch equipped) 117 Genera Oners Information 1a1
Transmission 117 Opering and sing the Hood 143
Engin dir. 1130 Engre Compartment. 148
A Whee! Drs AWD) Operation ff equipped), aa Genera Maintenance 147
Elcronie Stabity Program [ESPIEF equipped) ma Inthe Engine Compartment, 148
HI Descent Control HD} equpped) 1133 Meireznance-Insie the Vehicle sare
Hi Had Contrl (HHO) equipped) taa Maintenance Outside the Vehicle 14:13
use Control 1138 Batty 14:13
Sop/Start System equipped) as Wer Bades, 1418
Fun. 1120 ‘Appearance Care and Protection. 1418

12 WHEELS AND TYRES 121 Air Condtiorng System Maintenance 1418
Tireirformation 121 Vehicle orage 14:18
Tyre Rating 181 WoterCare 1418
“Tyre Label Vetice Fiscarc} 122 ful Peplacemert 1420
Tia Pressure. 123 Projactr Headlamp. 1420
Tin Potaion Pacermmendtons. 125 Non Projecte Head arp. 1421
ire Pressure Meritring System (TPS equipped). 128 Meiresnance Schedtle Chart raze

13 EVERGENCES. 131
Hazard Warring Flashers. 131

6. >

11.0 MO40 (b2992)

Monday May 18, 2015 11:58:53 AM
sitemap

ay

7. fie soit CONTENT br NUS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:53 AM

F diemap

1 INTRODUCTION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
4.4 Introduction

Dear Customer,

Congratustions on purchasing Mahindra XUVSOO. Your vehicle has been designed
to provide years of safe end dapendstie service, as long ss itis used andmairesined
in acoordence with the instructions provided inthis manual.

‘Al persons who will use end/or maintain this vehicle must read understand and
{olow all warnings and instructions provided in this manual. This Onner's Manuel
should be considered an integral part of the vehicle and should remain wth the
vehicle. However, nothing in this manual, and none of the safety devices installed in
the vehile, are a substitute for osreful operation end common sense. Always make.
sure that your vehicle isin optimum working order. and take note of the road and
‘weather conditions under which you are using your vehicle

I you have any questions concerning the proper use cr maintenance of your vehicle.
please oall your Authorized Mahindra Dealer. A lst of dealers oan be found in the
Dealer Directory Supplement:

Alternative you can contact Mahindra a.

+ 18002098008 (Tol free)

+ customerosremmatindracom

We extend our best wishes for safe and pleasurable metcring

‘Sincerely,

FD MAHINDRA & MAHINORA LTD

en

INTRODUCTION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

‘Servicing and Summary Data

+ For al issues canoerring the vehicle and for ary need for spare parts, contact
only the Authorized Mahindra network

+ We recommend you sivays use genuine Mahindra spare parts when performing
repaire on the vehicle

+ We suggest that you record the vehicle data in the Service Coupon Booklet far
future references
1.2 Safety Symbols

Carefully read, uncerstand and follow the safety symbols/ instructions gven in this
manual

Legend of the Symbols

To emphasize information and procedures regerdng safe, use, maintenance, eto,
the following symbols are used throughout the manual

AA DANGER

DANGER indestes an imminently hazardous situstion which, if not avoided! mal
resul in death or serious injury.

À WARNING

WARNING indiostes a potertisly hazardous situetion which if not avoided.
ould resul in death or serious iniuy.

Ah CAUTION

CAUTION indicates a porentialy hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may
result in minor er moderate inury and/or property damage.

de

8. 11.0 M040
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_F

(b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:53 AM

F diemap

INTRODUCTION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

A NOTICE

NOTICE ndicstes important information relevant to the vehicle the vehicles use
oF to sections of this manual to which particular attention must be pad for
Optimum use ofthe vehicle

I you see this symba. it indicates “no”, “do not" “do not do this” or "never".

4.3 General Safety Information and Instructions

AX WARNING

Falure to folow the warrings and instructions provided in this manual coud
resul in falure ofthe vehicle an accidert and/or serious personal injury.

1. Carefuly read, understand and follow the wamings and instructions given in
this manual. This manuel is an essential pert of the product. Keep it in the
vehicle glove bax for future reference

2. Spare bulb and fret aid lt are placed in the gave bax of the vehicle. Ensure
they are not taken out of the vehicle & any paint of te.

8. Please note that throughout this manual, reference is made thet “an accident”
‘could occur. An accident coud cause you or a bystander to sustsin severe
personal injury, or result in property damage

4, Never use a mobile phone or personal musio devise while driving This may
take your focus off the road and lead to accidents

5, Please be advised that many service and repair tasks require specialized
knowledge, tools and experience. General mechanical aptitude may not be

12

le: galos

10

a.

12

12,

14,

en

sufficiert to properly service or repair your vehicle. If you have ary doubt
‘whatsoever regarding your atilty to properly service or repair your vehicle,
‘please contact your Authorized Mahindra Dealer or a qualified technician

Inspect the seat bet system periodically checking for cuts trays cr wear in the
‘seat batt webbing, or loose buckles, retractors, anchors or other loose parts.
(Damaged parts must be replaced immediately

‘Always start and operate the engne in a wellventilated area If in an enclosed
‘rea, vent the exhaust to the outside. Do not modify or tamper with the
‘exhaust system

Exemine tines for emessive tread wear and uneven wear patterns. Check for
stones, nals. dass, or cther objects lodged in the tread and check sidewalls
for any outs, araoks, or other signs of wear. Replace as necessary

Always mairtan the safety labels affied to your vehicle in a good legible
‘condition

Al signal lamps, buzzers. shields. quards and other protective safety devices
must aways remsinin plage end in good, proper working condition

Tre Ife span of Mahindra products depend on mary factors. Improper use,
‘abuse or harsh use in general may compromise the integrity ofthe vehicle and
Signfiosniy reduce its ife span The vehicle is also subject to wear over a
Period of ta. Please have your vehicle regulary inspected by an Authorized.
Mahindra Dealer or a quelified mechario. Ifthe inspection revels ary damage
(or emessive wear, Immedatey replace or have the component serviced

We recommerd that you use only genuine parts supplied by Mahindra. The
se of non-Mahindra parts wi not be covered by warranty

[Never oral urder or be in lose proxmityto the vehicle when itis ited off the

‘ground (by a jack) unless the vehicle is properly supported with jack stands.
Wheel chooks and cther appropriate safety devices.

Never sitempt any repsirs or adjustments to any component wile the vehicle
Is in motion Atways swatch of the engine, and wat for the engine to come to a
complete stopbefore performing any repairs or adustments

Copa année Manara 3042025

9. fie soit CONTENT br NUS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:53 AM

F diemap

15. The vehicle idertification plates are the only legal identficstion reference.
here it is necessary to keep them in good condition. Never modify data on
the plates or remove them. The customer is responsible for ary possible
tampering withthe plates, which wi immediately voidthe warranty

16. Do not attempt sharp turns. abrupt menewers, or other unsefe driving
Seo that can cause loss of vehicle control. When the vehicles fuly loaded,
rive at a slow speed, especialy when turning. Note ther the center of gravity
A the vehicle increases as the vehicle is fuly loaded on the rocf carrier

1.4 To Owner's of a Mahindra Vehicle
‘When first drving the vehicle after long periods of nonuse, you may experience a
temporary drve dsturbanos. This is a cherecteristo of the tres and should be na.
reason for concern The condtion should correct itself within 5-15 kms. of ceiving. Il
the dsturbanoe persists, have the tres checked by an Authorized Matindra Desler.
Driving and Alcohol

‘Your drhing abilty oan be seriously impaired by alcoha even ifthe Blood alcohol evel

is far below the legal minimum Drunken draing is one of the most frequent causes
of accidents

AX WARNING

"Never chink and chive. Drinking and driving wil lead to an accident resuting in
Serious personal iury.

Driving and Druge/Medieation

‘Your driving abity oan be seriously impaired through the use of prescription or none

prescription drugs cr medoation (even cough syrup), If you are taking any sort of

‘drug or mediostion, be sure thet it wilt effect your driving ably

Mobile Phones Warning

le: galos

dan

INTRODUCTION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Use of electrical devices such ss mobile phones, corrputers, portable radios ar cther
by the driver tile driving is dangerous. f use of a mobile phone is necessary despite
this warning, use a hands free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the
vehicle:

Please comply with the legal regustions concerring the use of communiostion
‘equipment in vehiaks in your country.

Driving Long Distances

When you are ching over long distances, flow these tips so that you have a safe
journey.

+ Lack of sleep or fatigue mayimpact your ability to deve safely.
+ Exercise your eyes by shifting the foous of your eyes to diferent parts ofthe rosd,
+ Use stimustingbeverages such as coffee or tea.

+ Relax and stay ca.

Protecting Our Ensironment

Every one cf us should play our part in protecting our ervironmert. Judcious vehicle
usage and dsposing hazardous waste (including leaning and lubncation fluids) are
important steps towards ths intstive.

Mahindra vericles corfim to existing emission norms (standards) Adhering to the
periodioa maintenance schedule and using Mahindra genuine parts wll help retain
emission performance of the vehicle and is a prerequisite to emissions warranty
coverage.

Servicing
lt you have any questions canseming the proper use or maintenance of your vehicle,

please oll your Authorized Mahindra Dealer. A lst of deslers oan be found in the
Dealer Directory Supplemert or on the Internet.

18

10. fae soit CONTENT Rer MS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:53 AM

F diemap

INTRODUCTION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

le: galos

an

‘Atemativey you can corte Mahinds on
‘customercaresmahindra.com.

1002096008 /

Rumingin

Driving smacthy during fret 1000 kms. wil help to prevent premature failures and
‘abnormal system wear improving the fe of dhvetrain and vehile componerts.

A new engine may consume more ail during the frst 1000 kms. of running, This
shoud be considered as a normal part of breakin and not interpreted as any
problem with the engine

Mahindra Genuine Parts

‘Mahindra uses high quality parts for bulking vehicles.

In the evert that any parts need replecemert, we recommend that you use only
Mahindra genuine parts

Non Matindra parts may herm vehicle performance and wil not be covered by your
Mahindra warrenty

To avoid counterfeit parts and to protect our brand image, Mahindra genuine parts
are packed in a branded carton Lock forthe “Mahindra Genuine Parts" logo.

AX WARNING

Any unauthorized modticstions or ateretions to this vehicle or faitre to use
appropriate speciation and qualty spare parts coud seriously affect vehicle
oad worthiness end safety leading to an accident resulting in serious injury.

Mahindra Genuine Accessories

14

‘A vide selection cf qualty acoesscris is available through your authorized Mahindra.
deslerstip. These accessories have been speoificaly engineered to allow you to
personsize your vehicle to sul your requirements end complment its ste and
‘aerodynamic appesrance.

Each accessery is made from high quelty meteria end meets Mehindres rigd
engineering and safety speotfiostions, Every Mahindra axoessory installed acoording
to the Mahindra instalation provisions comes with the respective accessory
warranty

Consult your Mahindra authorized dealer for detaled information about socessories
‘avaliable for your speatic model veriart.

AR NOTICE

For madmum vehicle performance and safety considerations aays keep the
folowing information in mind.

+ When adding accessories. equipment. passengers and luggsge to your
vehicle. do not exceed the total weight capaoty of the vehicle or ofthe front

and rear axe. Consut Mahindra authorized desler for Specifo weight
Information.

+ Bull bars and nudge guards are nat recommended for variants with an
airbag.

‘+ Accessories causing any change in vehicle specications Ike whee! rims, bul
‘bars, ete, may affect the performance of safety systems.

+ Mobile communication systems such as two way rados. telephones and
‘theft alarms that are equipped with radio transmitters and installed in your
vehicle should comply with the local reguations and should be installed only
bya your Auihonzed Mahindra Dester

Vehicle Safety

‘When leaving your vehicle unocouped:

11. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:53 AM File: \'XUV_DIT/
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

(2.0

INTRODUCTION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

+ Atways remove the ignition key when you park the vehicle

+ Close al the windows completely andlock all the doors.

+ Do not leave any valuatles in your vehicle. If you must leave something in your
vehicle, hide them and securely look all the doors.

1.5 Audio/Infotainment Manual

Please refer the Audo/infetsinment menus! avaiable in the manuel pouch for
details regarding

+ Audio/Video functions
+ Bluetocth functions

+ Navigation equipped)
+ Map upgradation details

ANOTICE

To upgrade the maps in your nawgation system (f equipped} please refer the
Infotarment manual

(© Cony Mir & Make Li 042012 15

12. 'P 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:53 AM File: YXUV_DITA;
Mar weve CONTENT REF_MAR Pr damas s— aan

13. 2 411.0 MO40 (02992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:68:54 AM File: VXUV_DIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

D
2 GENERAL
2.1 Feature Matrix

ANOTICE

in view of the policy of continuously improving our products. we reserve the
‘ight to alter specications or designs without prior notice and without laity

TECHNOLOGY.

MICROHYERIOTEC-NDLOGY
SPEED MANUAL TRANSMISSION

PEQUECTONHEAD LAMPS WITH LIGHT GLIDE WITH STATICBENDING LAN
(COLOUR TFT TOUCHSCREEN INFOTAINVENT OSPLAY

LED MONDOHAOVE INFOTAINVENT DISPLAY |

GPS NAVIGATION WITH TOUCHSCREEN ANO ALDO SUPPORT.

4 CODA SPEAKERS WITH 2 TWEETERS

DIS INBULO INFOTAINVENT SYSTEM.

‘TRETRONCS(TFMS)

INTELUPARK{RPAS)

REVERSE CAMERA

PASSVE KEVLESS ENTRY

SMART RAIN SENSING WIPERS

INTELLIGENT LIGHT SENSING HEAD LAMPS

DIGTAL IMMOBILISER

DIGTAL TRIP ANO TACHOMETER,

(LASS EMBEDDED ANTENNA

can)

obligation. lustretions do not show the vehicle in the standard form esse be
aware that this manual may apply to various models variants . As a result you
may find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle. Al the
information, ilustration, and spectications in ths manual are based on the
latest product information available atthe time of publication.

We recommend you to contact the nearest Mahindra dealer for latest
features applicable to your vohicie.

7 7 7
= 7 7
Y Y 7
7 Y

Y
Y 7
7 Y 7
7 7 7
Y Y
Y Y Y
7
7
7 2 7
Y Y Y
7 7 =
a = 2
Y zZ 7

24

14. MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

fee 11.0 M040 (62992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:54 AM

le: galos

GENERAL

‘voice ASS
SSUNFODE WITH ANTPINGH 7
‘coMroRT

TILT POWER STEERING Y Y 7
TELESCOPIC POWER STEERING Y Y
FLLLY AUTOMATIC TEMP. CONTROL (FATE) WITH DUAL AGZONES | Y Y 2
PREMILM FABAIGSEATS Y

LEATHER LPHOLSTERY Y 7
PONERFOLDABLEOA MMS Y 7
POWERAD.LISTABLECAMS: Y Y 7
CENTRE ARVFEST & CUP HOLDERS IN2 FOW Y Y Y
WAY ADJUSTABLE SERTSINCLUDING HEIGHT AND LUMBAR ADJUST DRIVERS SIE) Y Y 7
[SWAY AD.JISTABLE SEATS FOR CODAIVERINGLUONS LUMBAR) Y Y Y
HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE SEAT BELTS{FRONT ROW) Y Y 7

sme

ALLOY WHEELS Y 7
FLL WHEEL CAPS: Y

TWIN EXHAUSTS Y Y 7
FFONTFOSLAMPS Y 7
CHFOVE SOLFF PLATE Y Y

ILLUMNATED SCLFF PLATES 7
DUAL TONE INTERIORS Y Y 7
DECORATIVE PEDALS a

22 Copa année Manara 3042025

15. fee 11.0 M040 (62992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:54 AM

P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

le: galos

GD

OOF RAILS
crv LOGO PRO.ECTON

(CELISE, ALIO0, PHONE CONTROLS & VOICE COMMAND S\WITCHESON STEERING
POWER WINDOWS WITH DAVER SIDE EXPRESS DOWN
POWER WINDOWS WITH DAVER SIDE EXPRESS UP WITH ANTIAINOA
POWERSEAT-DANER

REMOTE TAILGATE CPENING

FUPKEY WITH REMOTE CENTRAL LOCKING

PASSE KEYLESS ENTRY WITH REMOTE CENTRAL LOCKING
CONVERSATION MFOR

TINTED SOLARAERLECTING GLASS

MOBILE CHAPGNG FONTS.

REAR WASH AND WIFE

FEARDEMSTER

FOLLDAMVE HOVE HEAD LAPS

LEADMETDVEACLE LAPS

ILLUMINATED KEY RANGS

MAP FEADINGLAMFS

PUOOLELAMPS

ENTRY ASSST LAMP

LORD PROJECTOR LAV

DOOR AJAA LAMPS

(CAMPING LAMP

as

amo

«|| ele

7

as

ALL SFOWS:

pj fell

ALL 3FDNS

sale] al &

4

E

ALSFOMS

sal

ALSFOWS

<

23

16. 11.0 M040 (62992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:54 AM File: VXUV_DIT/

“AMBIENT LANE Y ra
REMOTE FUEL LIDCPENER [ELECTRICALLY OPERATED) Y Y 7
UMBRELLA HOLDER, Y Y a
(GLOVE EH LAPTOP HOLDER Y Y Y
HOD0 GAs STRUT 7
arr
DUAL AIRBAGS [DRIVER + PASSENGER) Y Y Y
SIDE SCUATAN AIRBAGS Y Y
ABS WITH ELECTRONIC EPAKEFORCE DISTRIBLMONLEED) Y Y Y
ELECTEONC STABILITY PROGRAM ESP /FDM/HHD/HOC/HBA. Y Y
SIDE IPAGT BEAMS Y Y 7
(CRLIVPLE ZDNES FOR CRASH PROTECTION Y Y 7
TUBELESS TYRES Y Y Y
(COLLAPSIBLE STEERING AND SIDE INTFUSON BEAMS Y Y Y
OSC BRAKESOVALL WHEELS Y Y Y

24 Copa année Mar 3042025

17. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:54 AM
MAP_WoWs_CONTENT REF_MAP E

OverallHepht
‘Track Width (Front 6 Rear)
Kerb Weight

Maximum GVW

22.1 Front View

sitemap

2700 rm
4565 ram
11880 mm
1785 mm
1800 mm

1785215 we)
1860215 [we]

2450

le: galos

222 Rear View

223 Side View

aan

25

18. fee 11.0 M040 (62992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:54 AM File: VXUV.

DIT
s— aa

P-WBW8 CONTENT REF_MAP |

F diemap

GENERAL
2.3 Lubricants and Capacities
Seem Lubricant
Engine OH VAHNOpR yee Fe
Engine Oi Fier MAHNDFA MOON UNIVERSE"
ine Cool MAHINOPA MIME ULTRA COOL
como ASRS aR Mone om
Trenes cn an Fa
en ‘Maranon MAIMLEDOELTE
Prier MAHINDRA MAXMLE DO ELITE
E SHELL 'SFEAKSS ATE MOS" /
ern CALTE TEXAMATI 1888
Broke are Catch MAHINDRA "MAIMLEDOTA"
iste Sngeac
Retrigoront (606588) Ena

FDA [Compressor Ol)

Eee

“Boites

O7 iter

a8 iter

075 eer
Alter
s20+20gms
720:20gm8
150220

Specification Romario.
For ther than Mayle brand the cl change rtrvalhas to be

Special Engine Fuld reduced to 10.000 fe ol meets minimum of API CHA
[SRE 1940 spocticzion

FRacormend to us onthe Genuine fer for better engine protection and lubricar fe

‘Brand Specie Dor use other coolarts / water for tp up.I casa of emergency, cola.
rmesing JS K2234 specfcation shodd be used (A concentration dilted wth debes
Water and coolant change period tobe reduoed to S000 im

| Marie GD Synchro SOMO is used the ol chargeintarval
‘Special Manual has tbe reduced 9 40.000 le For other than Male
‘Transmission Flid brand ol change interval tobe reduced to 20000 km fol

‘ests minim of AFI ELA SAE BOW.SO

For ther than Mayle brand the cl change iresrval hast be
Special eid reduced to 20.000 ln ifthe ol meets minimum of APIS

SRE BONS spacticzion

For ther than Maxi brand the cl change interval has o be
Special fle Fuid reduced to 20.000 bm ifthe ol meets minimum of API GS

‘SAE BONS specication

DEFONII Brandapecticardno cher brands recommended
Brake Fld Mestng SAE J1703, FMVSS No116 DOT 4 or IS 8654 Type2 Spec

Copa année Manara 3042025

19. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:54 AM File: VXUVDIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap eo

D
2.4 Bulb Specification

HeadLamp- Ho Beam Tes
HeadLamp- Lou Bean ras How 2
Parking / Postion ap gh Guide) rev un =
Tn Sonal Lamp Frnt} ravenw Pew 2
Stat Bend Lamp 1avssw Hi ssw 2
FogLamp( frost} Aus He sow 2
StopLanp reveiw Pew 2
TumSgna Lamp Res} Ava Prem 2
ReverseLenp rever Pew 2
Parking Lampo(Fsar) avan wow e
‘Side Marta Lamp (Pear) rave wow 2
Foglampfrasr) ravenw Fran 2
2.5 Fuses & Relays Ab CAUTION
A fuse is the most common electric protection device. A fuse is placed in en Fe replacement fuse wth the same rating asthe one you have removed
electrical ira. co that when current flow exceeds the rating fine (use & bows cf
O ANOTCE
of ve Drau Irom Bava e me fuse: You can identty a blown fuse by a break in the filament All fuses except high
deme arms tering Oros fuse ows mus be replace re ei pia happy y depa anes hems cen ir

from its position

‚Suite the igntion and al eleotrioal equipment OFF before toucting or ettempting to
change afuse.

Cont Maira E Nobis Li 032015 27

20. MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

fee 11.0 M040 (62992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:54 AM

le: galos

Engine compartment fuse bax is located adacent to vehicle battery Release the look:
o access the fuse box cortents, Remove the fuse bax cover by pressing the alps
from both sides usirg both hands simultaneously. Spare fuses are provided in the
fuse box fer replecemert of blown fuses. Ensure the correct rating fuse is repleaed
‘with the blown fuse

28 Copa année Manara a 042015

21. PP 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:55 AM Fi
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

galos

22. 11.0 M040 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:55 AM File: VXUVDIT/
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

sre (cooing Fan 404
ES GowPug ES

sra. ABS /ESP 1 am Ke DAL

ers (Goong Fan 2 EN Ks aie Bering
srs Pee ES Kio Hom.

sre Pee ES Kia Front Wachen
sra INS EN ee High Beam
srıo AES /ESP 1 ES

252 Instrument Panel Fuse Box

Ki ES Black
Ka Low Beam Block

Ka AGGuteh Black

Ke Coal Fan Low Grey

«7 (Cooling Fan High Grey

Ke Front WiperOn Block

© Front Wiper Speed Black

Ka as Block

we ne cae Fuly open the driver door and slide the driver seat beolowerds. The main central fuse
KIS Gow Pig Grey ‘bax is loosted on the right side of the instrument panel. Price out the securing cover
a Rat Lane) Er to access the fuse box.

Ks ‘Stifter Salenoid Block

ket Man rey

240 Cop Mahindra Maindra Li 048015

23. Fw MO40 (02992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:68:66 AM File: VXUV_DIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

D
s || s 1
2
3 ES
4 1
alla a E
s sa
DE 7 am
ka o ES
O E E 5 a à =
IE EN EN EIERN ER = 10 Pr Wer AS tos fad
4 E a Kayın ES Brown
ME EE IS u = on
| "FREE: o
[=] 1 Pr oa zon lo
| lala. |e] - m 15 Fes Dag 208 Yelow
1 a 138 Bi
” ES
Ez 1 Se
1 1 ed
20 ed
a Fes
z Ea
ira

Fas]
Fas|
Fo]
en!
ll
Ft

24. VOTE CONTENT REF MAR PUF amma 2018 116866 AM Fi mente
BE CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF damas 5)

GENERAL

28 MEEMFR Window mr
2 MEEMFR Window

30 MBEM FL Window a en en pea
a MEFM Battery 1 254 ght Brown = =
= MEFM Battery 2 aaa Green E Back
ES Aus / BATT 1 ES 53 Pour Washer 208 Bue
a Airbag 158 Bue sa Nee ses

E Pesnelamp 108 Pes ss rae

= Apsara sa Bue 5 Fe

a Spare sa Brom El Net ed

æ Spore 1m Pes

ES ‘Spore 158 Bue 2.53 Floor Fuse Box(W10 variant only)

#0 a eu has The floor fuse box is Inosted under the LH APillar lower trim.

a Spore

æ Spore

535585

212 Cop Mahindra Maindra Li 048015

25. fie soit CONTENT br NUS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:56 AM

F diemap

GD

a = =
2 PREBATT A 408
a PRE BATT 2 158
a PMS BATT ES
s SSBBATT EN
s PKEIGN EN
26 Flat Tire

In case of à fat tyre during diving reduos your speed gradually keeping a straight
lina. Move csuticusy of the road to a safe plece wall away from traffic Park on a
level spot with firm ground. Stop the engine and turn ON your hazard werring
flashers.

Firmly apply the parking brake. Have everyone come out cf the vehicle on the side
‘away from traf.

le: galos

es

À WARNING

Never sicp your vehicle in a traffic le to change a tre You could be ht by an
‘oncoming vente. Keep chivng untl you reach a safe location

Lifting vehicle to change a tyre or perform maintenance is very dangerous f you do

‘not have the requisite todls, safety equpmert and training. The jack provided along

with the vehicle is to be used only for changing a spare tre. ls never to be used to

perform ary cther meirtenanse or repair on the veh.

À WARNING
Never place any part of your body under any portion of the vehicle when it is
Supported on oy tre jack You soul be crushed fy the veni ffs of à
ok Keep bystanders ancy from the vehicle
Fin eve sci grandthats ler of oncoming traffic. you carne finda safe place
Lo Stop beter to dre on a fl bre and damage the rm then isto risk beng
ht by oncoming ratio.
After changing @ ft tre. ever store the tyre or other equipment inthe passenger
Compartmert of the vehicle This loose equipment coud strike an oooupant inthe
vert a Sud top or colision Store a af theveitemsin the proper lene

The following sections outline the procedure for changing a fat tire;

28.1 Tool Kit

‘Thetoa kits loosted behind the third row sests on the floor

213

26. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:56 AM File: \'XUV_DIT/
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

ero

“The too kt consists ofthefallosing tals packed in a PVC tal bag: A ackOparsing Laver
+ Assembly Soren Jack = =
= eek Opera c DEO Spanner 10mm x Tamm.
+ Wheel Spanner
i D Tow Bar
+ Tower
+ DEOSpamer 10mm x 12mm ‘The warring triange is lossted on the rear docr tim below the camping lamp.
tae the two seouring knobe and lover the hinged cover Linstrap the two holding
+ Soren Driver

bets and remove the werningtriengle pouch

214

27. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:56 AM Fi
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

GD

2.8.2 Spare Wheel Removal

Spare wheel is loosted below the floor 2 the rear end af the vetole Iris heldin plane
bya seouring nut undemeath the rear luggage compartmert floor carpet.

+ Locate the plug covering the securing nut below the rear luggage compartment
ficar carpet. Remove the plug using a cain.

es

Loosen the seouring nut counter clockwise to winch down/lower the secured
‘spare whee! to the ground.

Rotate the securing brecket courter clockwise and remove it cut of the spare
whee! hub

Remoye/pul amay the spare whee!

215

28. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:56 AM
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

le: galos

To remove the wheel cover, weap the tip of a sorew driver with olcth, insert near
the luge of the whee! cover and pry the cover away from the whee!

A CAUTION
fe > o Do nos try to pry ofthe wheel cover ty hand alone, Take due care in handing
2 the whee! cover to avai unexpected personal nur

283 Wheel Nut Loosening

216 Cop Mahindra Maire Li 048015

29. fie soit CONTENT br NUS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:56 AM

F diemap

GD

‘Atways loosen the wheel nuts before raising the vehicle. Turn the wheel nuts courter
lache to loosen. To get maximum leverage fit the spanner tothe nut so thet the
hande is on the right side Grab the spanner near the end of the handle and push
down on the handle. Be careful that the spanner does not sip of the nut. Do not
‘remove the nuts, but Ioosen them by ane or bio turns.

Ah CAUTION

Do not apply force with your legs {pr stand) on the wheel spamer while
Lightening the wheel nus.

®

A Te 8

Checks Blocks

Book the wheel disgonsly opposite th fet tyre to keep the vehicle from rating when
itis jacked up. When blooking the whee, place a wheel back in front of one of the
front wheels or behind one of the reer wheels.

le: galos

Go.)

284 Jacking

Looste the jeok ponts in the front ce rear as needed. They oan be identified by a slot
sed to ft the jack precisely

Position the jack a: the correct jsoking point: Make sure the jack is positioned on a
level and sold place.

To raise the vehicle, insert the jack handle end with the jack opersting lever, wheel
spanner square sat into the jack operating lever and tum it clockwise wath the
hende. As the jeok touches the vehicle and begins to lit, check thet itis properly
positioned.

217

30. WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

Ensure no one is in the vehicle. Raise it High enough so that the spare tyre can be
installed. Remember you will need more ground alesrance when putting onthe spare
tyre then when removing the fet tre,

ÿ
&

Ah CAUTION
Mate ure tose he jack property tre ¡ng pore. Raising the vehicle wih)

jack improperly postioned wil damage the underbody ef vehicle or may allow
the vehicie to fal ff the jack and cause persona inury.

218

11.0 MO40 (62992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:57 AM File: galos

en

A CAUTION

+ Use the jack ony for ifting your vehicle during wheel changing

+ When raising the vehicle do not place any objects on top of or underneath
‘he jack

+ Donc raie the jack with someonein the vehicle
+ Raise the vehice only high enough to remove and change the wheel.
+ Foto jacking instructions
+ Dont start orrun the engine white your vehicle is supported by the jack
AX WARNING
[Never get under the vehicle when the vieles supported ty the jack alone
Remove the whee! nus. Lf the fat pre straight off and plane it aside. Rol the spare
‘wheel réa postion end algn the holes inthe wheal wth the bots. Lit up the wheel

‘and get at least the top bat started through its hole Wiggle the wheel and press it
back over the other bolis,

À WARNING

Before putting on the wheels, remove any corrosion on the mounting surfaces
uth @ wire Brush or such, installation of wheel without good meta to metal
Contact at the mo.nting surface can cause wheel nuts to loosen and evertualy
cause 3 whee! to come off while ding.

À WARNING

‘Reinstall the whee! nuts withthe tapered end inward and tighten by hand Press
the wheel inward and tighten the whee! nuts further.

31. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:57 AM Fi
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

GD

AX WARNING

"Never use al er grease on the bolts or nuts. Doing so spanner si, damage the
bois and also may cause persona injuries. Also. nuts may loosen and the
heels may fal cf, which coud cause a sericus accident. If there is al or
‘grease on ary bok or nut clean before instaling whee! nuts,

Lower the vehicle completely and tighten the wheel nuts using the wheel nut
spanner. Turn the jack operating lever counter clockwise using the wheel nut
spanner to lower the vehicle, making sure the hande remains firmy fitted orto the
ack handle extension. Do nat use other tools or any additonal leverage cther than
your hands, such as a hammer, pipe or your foct, Make sure the spanner is securely
engaged over the nut. Tighten each nut a ite at a time in the diagonally opposite
order. Repeat the process unt all the nuts are tight,

AR WARNING

Improperly or loose tightened wheel nuts sre dangerous. The whee! could)
wobble or come cff. This could resul in loss of vahile control and cause a
Serious accident. Always mate sure al the wheel nuts are properiy/securely
tightened to the spectied torque

À WARNING

Wen towering the vehicle. make sure al portions of your body and al ther
‘persons are olear off he vehicle as is lowered to the ground Have the whee!

muss tightened with the torque spamer to 83 -104Nm. as scan as possible
her changing hee.
Put the wheel cover into postion aligning the nozzle on the wheel to the nozzle
dlesrance on the whee! cover. Tapit firmly on the sides with your hand to snap i reo
place.

219

32. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:57 AM Fi
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

63.0

285 Restore all the Tools, Jack and Flat Tyre Securely

Double check to ensure the tyre is snug against the rear floor of the vehiole. The
spare wheel braoket/Gsble may be damaged if the vehicle is driven wath the epere
‘wheel loosely mounted

Replace the tools (jack whee! spanner, eto.) in their storage locations.

‘Align the spare whee! bracket to the centre hub of the wheel. Winch up the fat tyre Drive slow to the nearest service stetion and iflate to the correct pressure.
tothe floor at the rear ofthe vehicle Firmly tighten the securing rut and putthe fcr Always reinstall the vale cap after checking or adjusting tyre pressure, drt and
carpet back ‘moisture could get irtothe valve core and cause air leakage or valve damage

220 Copa année Manara 3042025

33. fee

> W6W8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

11.0 M040 (62992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:57 AM File: galos

GD

2.7 Identifying Components in the Eng

Degassing Tak
Power Steering Fl Rasen

Front Windhiels Washer lud Paservir
Engine ON Cap

Beake/Ouch Fuld Reser

Engine Cover

moco»

© Copa Main E Matas Li 042015

Dati
Fuel Priming Pump.

ir Fiber Assembly

Battery

Engine Compartmert Fuse Bax

Ga

GENERAL

34. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:57 AM File: \'XUV_DIT/
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap 65
GENERAL D

2.8 Technical Specifications

[ENGINE «mau.
Dspcemert/Cubie Capacity 21790
Tye 4 tro: Terbocharged Ol engine
(Compression tio 185:1
Max Engine Output erp) 1038 37507
‘Max Torque {Nm e pri) 4300 Nme 1600to 2800rpm
Transmsson

Tire ‘Speed Synchromesh
Na of Gears: 6 Forward 1 Reverse
GEAR RATIOS. France Ratio Final Drive Ratio Overall Ratio
' a 4263 18823
" ana 4283 8873
0 124 425 8035
v casa 4283 asa
v 102 324 a2
u 087 324 2718
Reverso ass a2a 18457

‘STEERING
Type/ Description Hera, Rack and Prion Power Assistad
Steering Wheel Diameter Komm

BRAKES
Service Brake Hydraule, Vacuum Assisted, ABS

222 Cop Mahindra Maire Li 048015

35. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:57 AM Fi
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

Fes
Parking Brake

Fm
Tyres

Type
Laden re Pressure
(front & rear} lg)

Fuel Copacty,
Ste Votage

Et
Femete Koss Entry Battery,

Kerb weight kg
Matmum (Wha

Integral Park Brake acting on Fear Wheels
WHEELS 6 TIRES:
74X17 Pegulr (Aloy & See)
P235/85 R17
adel Tubeless
Frort-22Ka/enf. Rear. 22ka/er?
Fun.

702 2itare
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

av

ausm

Su.creuse

‘WEIGHTS

1786218 for AND and 1860815 for AWD
2450

36. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:57 AM Fi

VXUV_DIT
ONE CONTENT REF MAP PÚ damas — EN
AD
2.8 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) The engine number is punched on the LHS face of the orarkoase adjacent to the.
vir puro he eee rab’ lo arias en the UN fas hear he Boat

release lever

Vehicle Idertfioation Number (VIN) is the legal identity of your vehicle. The vehicle
Identification number is stamped on the VIN plate riveted an to the bottom cf the B=
Pilar on the drwver side

2.10 Engine Number

224 Copa année Manara a 042015

37. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:58 AM
[MAP_WGWE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap Ga)

GD

3 VEHICLE OVERVIEW

VEHICLE OVERVIEW

Dutside Fear View Mirror (ORVM)
Front Windshield
Windstield Wiper
Hood

Sk Rail

Front Turn Signal Lamp.
FogLamp

Head lamp High Beam
Head lamp Low Beem
Parking Lamp Guide.
¡Stato Bending Lamp

3.1 Front Overview

Ae-zonrmooo»

341

38. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:58 AM
[MAP_WGWE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap Ga

VEHICLE OVERVIEW GD

Ross Windstield/Demister
Rear Wiper

High Mourted Stop Lamp

Rear Windshield Washer

Rear Parking Lamps

Rear FogLamp

Reverse Lamp.

Tun Lamp

Rear Stop Lamp

Rear Applique ‘Registration Plate Lamp
Spare Whee!

Reverse Park Assist System (RPAS) Sensor

3.2 Rear Overview

rFre-ronmoon»

22 Copa année Manara a 042015

39. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:58 AM Fi

VXUV_DIT
ONE CONTENT REF MAP PF dtamap s— don
a veHCleOveRVEW
3.3 Instrument Panel Overview ‘A Side Vents L Engine Start/Stop Button *
B Side Defrost Verts M Parking Brake
CE UN turas
D Whreshiedetrost eres 0 Amres/Fearënoor
© lon Po een
F Furl a HacGmras
6 Wer sek A intere comes
as S Corte Vers
1 Trp Rese Buon tosis Gover
Ug Conbinaon sit U Unser Glove Boe
Ke HomPad/Onve Arben
“if equpped

Cont Maira E Nobis Li 032015 33

40. 'P 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:58 AM File: YXUV_DITA;
Mar weve CONTENT REF_MAR Pr damas s— au

41. JARA 14:0 MO40 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:58 AM File: VXUV_DITAy

MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

D
4 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIEW

4.1 Instrument Cluster

420

pesdometar
Fud Gauge

Odometar/ Top meter /Gear indicator
‘Warring/Taltale Lampe

Tachometer, FAM Gauge
Temperature Gauge
ese Buon

a

42. KEE, 10 MO4O (02692) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:50:58 AM File: VXUV_DITAL
MAP_woWe CONTENT REF MAP-POF-akamap © en

4.2 Waming Lamps Overview

VO OGOOOO OOO

To know more about warning & teltale lamps, dawnload the handy "Mahindra XUVS0O"app fram Google playstore or Appstore

43. Fw MO40 (02992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:59 AM File: VXUV_DIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap can

GD INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIEW
4.3 Waming Lamps

Parking Lamp No Cortina ON Indicates Paring Lamp is ON

Halte I na timing OFF even afar fastening the

8 ‘Seat Bet Warning Lamp Yeo Corti. cus ON ‘Seat bat cortac an Authonzed Mahindra Dealer for
sitos
e AWD Lamp No Cortina ON Indicates AWD activated

Ioiates let tum lamp bring,
‘Slow Blinking: Normal operation

Let Tunes No Slow orFase Blinking Fast Blinking: One /more kftbum lamp bub has
‘ized Hoe D ea
6 Arto Waring arp * Foto seconds eine EEE eaters

FrontFog Lamp Indestor * No CContinuousy LampON Indicates front fog lamps ON.

o

© Copa Main E Matas Li 042015 en

44. Fw MO40 (02992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:59 AM File: VXUV_DIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIEW

Incicatas a mafurcion nthe staring sjetam.

Gow Pig Indicator For bou 2 seconds CorénucsyON en BT

‘Slow Blinking: etic is armed wah theremeta
Fat Eliking/ Cornu ON Ines à sam
malte.

(Corée an Authorized Mahindra Dealer immedataly

Voile Armed Statue Lamp No Biking

ear Fog Lamp Indicator * No CoréruasyON Indicates rear fog lam BON.

Lo Fue Warning Lamp mo Coninsyon etm tain hearechdth rara Pe

Indicates water inf fer: Drain the water rom fer.
‘Water in Fal Fitar Warning Yes Cortas oN ‘orcertact en Authorized Mahindra Des for.
astres

Indicates righttumn lai blinking

‘Sow Binlärg: Norma sperstion

Fast Blinking: One /more return lamp bub has.
used Have tre ul replaced

Age Tum indeator No ‘Sow or Fast Bring

44 Copa année Mar 3042025

45. fee 11.0 M040
Mas

(62992).

Monday May 18, 2015 11:58:59 AM Fi

P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

GD

galos

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIEW

° 3

© Copa Main E Matas Li 042015

Que Contrlindioser *

High Coolat Temperatura Waring Lamp

Low Enga Dl Pressure Warning Lamp

ESP System Warning Lamp.

ABS Werring Lemp *

ESPOFF Lamp

Yes

Cortiruoush ON sl Engne
‘sats

For About 2 Seconds

For About 2 Seconds

Cortina ON

Cortina ON

Cortiruoush ON or Bling

Indicates vehicle n Grise mode

Engine temparature very igh Contact Authorized
Marirdra Dealer immediatly

Indicates engine ol pressurais lw. Check ol laval and
ppp or corta an Authorized Mahindra Dealer for
astres

Blinking: Indcates ESC has tan control the
void stably
{Continuously ON:nciates a mafuncionin the ESC
tem. Coréact an Authored Mahindra Dealar
immediatly

Indicates mafuneton ofthe ABS sytem, Cortact an
‘Aishorged Mahindra Daler madly

Indicates ESCOFF

46. Fw MO40 (02992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:59 AM File: VXUV_DIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap CA)

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIEW GD

Indicates low ye pressure or possible maturetion in

TPS Per TENIS secon n FEATUFESAND
TrePressre MrlorngSytemlamp ForAboui2Seconds CarérusisCNorBinrg [PWG fe THM soon NO,
i) su

Indicate a potential mencion nthe EM contact

(heck Engine Lamp Foraboit2 Seconds COL or Bring ne lr meda

‘Ether cna ofbelaw condeions-
eee ers we 1.Perk Brake michtbe engaged
rake OW/ Brake Fit ing = 2 Brake fl level might be low
Lamp * Green 3 Front rake Pads are wom
(Gore Authorized Mahindra Dealer mmedstelyfor
scene

‘There a potertid mafuntionralted to emeion

em Coreinsously OV il Engine Coreinucsty ON stem, contact an Authonzed Matindra Deer
=> meda

Heed amp High Beem Indeator No Cortas ON Inicates Headlamp high beam is ON

‘Stop/Start Lamp No Corry ON or Bing eee eae nas

<

48 Copa année Mar 3042025

47. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:59 AM Fi
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIEW

is a Crergrg tem Wamirglamp GoremechOVoMErgne Ortmaayon _‘testts mafuretionin charg system Cortas
2 ® oor Al Waring amp E canons Emo montaron

*itecupped/ select modas or vera only

47

48. 'P 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:59 AM File: YXUV_DITA;
Mar weve CONTENT REF_MAR Pr damas s— an

49. wawe Cont ENT RÈF MAS el edemas 2015 11:58:59 AM File: EE any
a SEATS AND SEAT BELTS
5 SEATS AND SEAT BELTS + Ensure your legs are in bent position while fully depressing the clutch pedal.
5.1 Front Seats, A NOTICE
A Sitting in Correct Position The seat should be adjusted while sil maintaning contre c the foot pedals

(able to fuly depress the euch pedal). steering whee! (rest the wnists on the
Steering wheel) and your view ofthe instrument panel cortrols.

À WARNING

Never adust the chers seat while the vehicle is in motion. The seat may
unepectedy move and cause the unver to unntermenaly operate the
‘accelerator or brake. or turn the steering wheel. causing loss of control of the
vehicte an aocizert or serious personal injury. Adust the drivers seat any
when the vehicle isnot in motion.
Never put objests under the seats. They may interfere with the seatiock
‘mechanism or unexpectedly activate the seat position adustng lever. causing
the seat to sucterly move, resuting in loss of contra of the vehicle, an accident
‘or serous persenalinjun
Follow the tips below for a comfortable and safe journey. m PPP de:aretrorcarihe
+ St in an upright position with the bace of your spine pressed against the seat ‘moving parts. This may lead to inuries.

back

+ The driver and front passenger seat head restraint has 5 positions. Adjust it as
close as possible to the above specified postion, wth the top ofthe head restraint
ven wth the top of your head

+ Mairtain euficiert distance beoween yourself and the steering wheel. Mairtain ar
lesst a ten inch (107 distance from the centre of the steering whee! to your chest

+ The top curve of the steering wheel shoud align with your chin for idea road
visibly

+ Adjust your seat and sest baok angle such that your wrists rest on the steering
we

(© Cony Mid & Mae Li 042012 51

50. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:59 AM Fi
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

galos

‘SEATS AND SEAT BELTS GD

3.1.2 Front Seat Slide 5.13 Front Seat Recline

‘Move the seat forward or baokwerd by iting the adustment ever loosted under the To adjust the seat Deck, I the lever loosed on the olgboard side ofthe ses, lean
Seat rort and release once the desired postion is reached. back, end release the lever e the desired postion. To rem the seat back fe the
lever, lean forward, ard release the lever.
CAUTION
A À WARNING
While adusting the seat make sure the latch engages fuly and the seat is
looked firmly in the desired posteen, An unlokeg seat may move in a sudcen ‘The seat bets provide matmun protection in a frontal cr rear colision when
Stop or collision, causing injury to the person in that seat, Push and pul on the the ocouparts are sitting up straight and well back in the seats. Y you are
Se tobe sure looked. recined the lap bet may side past your hips and app restrai forces drestly

to the abdomen. or the shoulder strap may contact your neck The more the
‘seat is recined the greater the risk of sericus injury.

Ah CAUTION

When resuming the rearrecined seat back to is upright position, make sure
you support the seat back while opersung the lever.

52 Copa année Manara a 042015

51. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:00 AM Fi
W6We_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

galos

GD SEATS AND SEAT BELTS

5.1.4 Front Seat Lumbar Adjustment [if equipped) 5.1.5 Front Seat Height Adjustment

Both the front seat backs festure lumbar adjustment. The lumbsr contour of the The driver seat height can be raised or lowered to three positions.
lumber support can be adusted by means of the adjusting wheel on the inner side of
the seat back. ‘To RAISE the seat height, lt the seat height adjust handle while there is no loed or

price to cooupying the sect. Release the lever once desired seat height is reached.
Properly adjusted lumbar support provides adequate back support essertial during

larg journeys. To LOWER the ses height lit the seat height adjust handle wile sested in the
iver seat. Release the lever cnoe desired set heights reaahed.
Ah CAUTION
Ah CAUTION
Do ne use force rotate the mbar adjustment lever beyond the extreme stop
postions in ether direction Do net adus she heighe of seat wile vice in motion.

© Cont Maira & Nobis Li 0 53

52. 11.0 M040 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:00 AM
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

63

SEATS AND SEAT BELTS

5.2 Power Seat (Driver Side only) (if equipped) “The power seat provides advanced 6 -way eletrica adjustmerts for the driver seat.

It is equipped with electrical cperated power sider. power recliner ard power
height adustmert mechanisms.

“The graphics on the switches guide youto the function it has been assigned.

53. 11.0 M040 (62992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:00 AM File: VXUVDIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap oan

GD SEATS AND SEAT BELTS

Seat Side Adjustment ‘Seatback Racing Adjustment

‘Seat Height Adjustment

55

54. MAP_WoWs_CONTENT REF_MAP E

11.0 MO40 (b2992)

‘SEATS AND SEAT BELTS

650

A CAUTION

+ Power seats wil be operated even when the ignition sutoh is turned to the
“DF position. However, to prevert battery discharge operate your seats
\when the engneis running

+ Do not use two or more seat adustment buttons simutaneousy le can
‘damage the motor, Be sure to operate the electric seat button one by one.

+ Do not foreiby operate any power adjustment switch if the seat comes in
‘entace with other cbjest and cannot be adusted anymere.

+ the power seats are not cperstional. the sests should be checked and fixed
before ary ching
5.3 Head Restraint

‘The head restraint comprises ofthe padded portion which soreacts your heed and is
Ingerted/locked in receptacles on the top ofthe seat back.

Your vehiole seats are equipped vith head restrairts which are verticaly adustable,
‘The purpose of these head restraints isto help limit head mation in the event of rear
colison.

Always align top of the head restraint with the top of your head or as olose to it as
possible. To raise the head restraint; press the look knob and pull the restrairt up. To
Tower the head restrain, press the look knob and push the headrestraire down.

‘The head restraint can be puled out completely by depressing the looking button
‘while puling the restraint out,

[Align the head restreint shafts over the holes on the seat top and push the restraint
straight down tl you hear the lock clk:

Keep the seat back ss upright as possible so the headrest is behind nat benesth,
and almost touching your head.

À WARNING
[Never drive with the head restraints not propery adusted, head restraints

‘removed or inserted in a fipped condition With no support behind your head
your neck could be seriously njuredin a colision

A NOTICE

Head restraints are provided for the front row and second row outboard
occupants.

55. 11.0 M040 (62992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:00 AM File: VXUVDIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

D SEATS AND SEAT BELTS,

5.4 Second Row Seats 5.4.1 Second Row Seat Recline

To change the second row seat back ange, leen forward slightly while raising the

WARNING ‘recline lever on the top corner of the seat back, lean back to the desired position and
Loading the caste ls dangerous. The gage can become felease the resine leven Make sure the rene ver returns to ts orignal postion
ae PR UC Ae ad A andthe st back looked n pace by rocking the eee back forward/backward
laggage should aays be kept on ehe oor

A CAUTION
WARNING When returning the rearreclined seat back to its upright position, make sure

To avoid serous injury. do not sit on or place objects on a folded seat back while ‘you support seat back while operating the fever

‘the veile is moung.

(© Cony Mir & Make Li 042012 57

56. P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

fee 11.0 M040 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:00 AM

le: galos

‘SEATS AND SEAT BELTS GD

5.4.2 Second Row Seat Folding (Third Row Seat Access) + Push side aotuaticn lever (B)inforwerd rection for Ingress, OR

+ Pullreer actuation ever (A) or Egress

‘The secondrow sest can be fipped forwerdto provide more cargo space.

+ Lower the second-row seat hesd restrsire to the lowest position (else it wil
Ccbstruct and ht the floor)

+ Insert the lap bet into the pocket of the seat bottom
+ Regine the seat back to ful forward direction

+ Push seat hack torear side of vehicle far looking
‘+ Pull seat back for upright positon til looks in design postion
+ Push sest cushior downward by sitting ont 4S kg) for locking sest cushion

ss Cop Mahindra Mabini 048015

57. NP Weine CONTENT REF MOP Pe 2018 11:88:00 AM File: VXUV_DIT
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

SEATS AND SEAT BELTS:

à CAUTION A NOTICE

Return the seat back to its upright position in one corkirucus motion to Refer tothe previous sections for deta regarding folaing of second row seats,
‘securely lock the seat and in turn avoiding seat flipping forward sudden

fesdingtoinunies 33.1 Third Row Seat Folding

If this happens, release the sest lock by puling the lever and repest the

procedure

1, CAUTION

Be cautious when placing your hands around the seat anchors, You could pinch
your hands or fingers between the seat ancher and the seat Hold the edge of
‘he seat wher lowening # into place. Never place your hands between the seat
anchor andthe seat.

5.5 Third Row Seats

IN

‘Access to or ext from third row sest and luggage ares is possible by completely
folding the second row seat. Second row seat features 6040 spit configuration.
Instead of foldng the complete seat baok and sest cushion the required seat alone
can be fakled to gan access to third row seat.

© Copa Mains E Mab Li 042015 a

58. 11.0 M040 (b2992)

‘SEATS AND SEAT BELTS

‘To fold the third row seat. unlock the seat back by puling the lever on the rear of the
‘seat back cuerdas.

Similar lower the other half of third row seat to get a completely lat surface,

Goth the second row and third row seats can be folded fit to maximise the luggage
space.

510

Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:00 AM File: YXUV_DITA
iF ditamap

o
FAR CONTENT Rer MS

690

5.8 General Warnings and Instructions: Seat Belts

‘Atleast once each morth inspeot the seat belt webbing for any cuts, tears, or other
Signs of wesr (such es fraying slong the edges} Also inspeot the anchors, retractors,
and buckles to be sure they are tight end operational

+ All occupants, including the diver, should always wear their seat bet no matter
how short the trip in order to minimize the risk of severe injury in the ever of a
crash. In an acaert, an urbeked passenger becomes a projectile and can
cause serious inury to himself or another passenger.

+ In a rallover crash. an unteted person is significartly more likely to de than a
person wearing a seat bet

+ Some people believe that wearing a seat bel vill lead to entrapment in the vehicle
after an accident. However, your chances of surviving the initial impact, being able
o urbunke yourself and escaping from the vehicle is much greater if you are:
beted,

+ In order tobe properly buckled you must always sit up straight and keep your fest.
on the floor in fra of you. The lap part must be worn low and tight across your
hips. just tovohing the top of your thighs. Whie fastening the seat bet, the
shoulder strap of the seat belt must pass over your chest and top of your
shoulder. It must never touch your neck. face, the side cf your shoulder, arm, or
pass under your arm. The belt must always be flat against your body and not
‘sted in ary way. Nothing. such as an arm rest, a pooketbock. or ary external
objects shoud be between you and the seat belt. Improper wearing of a set belt
will reduce the protection in an accident

+ Seat belts should be adusted as tightly as possible, consistert with comfort to
properly secure the wearer in the sest A slack belt vill greatly reduce protection
‘tothe user, and coud cause actionalinuries,

Copa année Manara 3042025

59. 11.0 M040
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_F

(b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:01 AM

F diemap

GD

+ The seat belts provided for your vehole are designed for people of adult sia, must
be property used and maintained.

+ Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving. A
passenger whois not weering a seat bet can be thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against other occupants, or out of the vehicle during a crash or
emergency stop

+ Do not use any accessories on seat betis or madty in any way the seat belt
System. Devices claiming to improve cocupart comfort or reposition the seet belt

le: galos

on)

SEATS AND SEAT BELTS:

‘oan reduse the protection provided by the sest bet and inoresse the chance of
serious injury ina crash

+ An accident or emergenoy stop, can damage your sest belt system, even if the
‘accidert is “minor”. Please have your Authorized Mahindra Dealer inspect the
‘seat belt system after an acoident

+ Please be amare thet any unsecured item in your vehicle, such as your pa,
unseaured child restraint system, or a laptop, can become a projectile in the
vert ofan aocident or sudden stop, causing injuries to ccouparts in the vehile

À WARNING

Never use a damaged seat bel system. A damaged seat bet will not provide
[protection in an eoaidert.resutting in serious injury.

+ Sest belt systems aan be prone to abuse They are not indestructible. They must
behended with care to avoid damage

+ Keep the belts dean ard dry. Bet retraction may become dificutf the bets and
webbing are soled If they need oleaning, use a mild soap solition cr lukewarm
water. Never use biesch, dye, or abrasive cleaners. These chemicals vil severely
weaken the belts

+ Retractors in Spoint type seat belts retract the sest belts when not in use. The
inertia look and ool spring alow the batts to remain comfartable on users during
normal driving. During accidents or abrupt stops. inertie looks restrict the sudden
forward movement of the wearer

Seat Bolts - Patients

Persons with sericus medoal oorditions should also wear a seat belt. Consult your
‘dostar for spectic eoommmendations before travel.

‘Seat Belts - Pregnant Women

60. fae soit CONTENT Rer MS

11.0 MO40 (b2992)

Monday May 18, 2015 11:59:01 AM
iF ditamap

‘SEATS AND SEAT BELTS

Pregnant women must also wear seat bete. Consult your doctor for speifio
recommendations,

‘The lap beit should be worn snugly and as iow as possible over the hips. The shouder
bet should be worn across your shoulder, but never soross the stomach ares.
‘When worn properly, the seat belt vill protest both the mother and the foetus in an
_acaidert or emergency stop

À WARNING

A pregnant woman should never wear the seat bet across the stomach area
This could esco serinus injuries tothe foetus and/or the pregnant mother.

AX WARNING

"Never ride withthe seat back realined so that the seat bat is no longer resting
‘aganst your chest. The seat bet proudes maximum protection in a frontal or
rear colision when the occupants are sing up straight and wel back in the
Seats. you are reclined excessive. the lap portion of the bet may side past
Hips and apply restraining forces directly to the abdomen or the shoulder
portion of the belt may contact the neck The more the seat is recined. the
greater the risk of senous injury.

512

le: galos

on

D
À WARNING

Never wear busted seat belts. Excessive forces willbe transferred from the
‘bet to the wearer, in a colision resulting in sencus personal Inury.

Each seat bet is meart for use by one person onk: Using one seat bei: for
more than one person at a time is dangerous. The sest be wil not be able to
‘spread the impact forces propery leading to sericus inurtes.

AX WARNING
"Never put a belt sound a child being carried on the occupants lap This could

lead to senous iuris. The child may be crushed in an accidert or emergency
stop

Seat Belt Usage ls Necessary to:

+ Reduce the possiblity of bing thrown from your vehicle

+ Reduce the possibty of iqunies to loner body and legs during an acoidert |

+ Hold the driver in a postion which allons better contral ofthe vehicle

Children who are too large for child restraint systems should aways cooupy the rear

sex and use the vehicle seat belts. The lap portion should be fastened snug on the

hips and as low as possible ard the shoulder strap should be aorass the childs

shoulder, not the neck cr face. If you are unable to position the strap seross the

his shoulder. the chid should remain in a booster seat. Frequently cheok the seat

belt to be sure it remains snug and in position. A squrming chid could cause the
seat belt to come aut of position.

61. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:01 AM Fi
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

wm SEATS AND SEAT BELTS:

5.7 Fastening the Seat Belt [3-Point type]

‘Adjust the seat as needed, sit up straight and well back in the seat. To festen your
‘seat bet. pul the webbing out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the
Dbuakle, An auible “ook” would be heard when the tab looks ira the buske, Pull up
‘on the shoulder strap to tighten the lap batt aoross your hips, The seat bet retractor
vil pul in ary slant in the shoulder strap À slow and easy motion wil slow the belt
to extend and let you move your body around freely.

Periodosly check the seat belt as yourride to be sure itremains snug and in postion,
If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt al lock into postion. It wil do lok
(restrict) youtry to lean forward too quickly

ANOTCE

I the ver or co-chiver seat belt is not fastened when the igntion is switched
ON the sest bet warning lamp iluminstes. Refer “Waming Lamps” in the
"Features and Contra!” chapter for further detal.

5.8 Fastening the Seat Bolt (2-Point Lap type]
‘This sect beit is applicable to the second row middle passenger ses. Insert the

tongue into the buckle until snaps. Postion the lap beit on the hips 35 law as
possible.

© Cont Maira & Nobis Li 0 519

62. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:01 AM Fi
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

‘SEATS AND SEAT BELTS

To relesse the bel. press the buoie release button and allow the belt to retract. If
the belt does not retract smoothly, pul it cut and check for kinks or pwists. Then
make sure remains unbwisted as it retracts.

514

galos

À WARNING

en

GD

‘Never insert coins, olps, etc. in the buckle as this may prever you from
proper) latching the tab and may cause damage to the bustle mechanism,
‘thereby making the sest belt ineffective in an accident, resulting in senicus

personal inixry

5.10 Seat Bolt Height Adjuster

63. P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

11.0 M040 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:01 AM
MAI Ga

BD SEATS AND SEAT BELTS:

os |
oo as

be adjusted so that it les across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest
‘to the door andre your nek.

croup? ae
To uste ei of the eat Di anchor wer or rege the hegre agustr to an ae = Fortea rar
‘appropriate position while pressing the height adjuster button, Release the button to. E ne aes
ie anchor nea poston Try Ange neg adjuster o male sure het Pes una es

looked into the positon.

À WARNING

Adjust the shouider belt height sitting well back in the sex, Do not adust the

‘seat bet height while vehicle sin mation.
5.11 Child Restraint System (CRS) (f equipped) (Si
Use a chid restraint system onÿ if the chid isnot big enough to properly wear the

seat bats Else. use the regular seat bel instead of the child restraint system. Seat
the child in the rear seat and use the seat belt According to accident statstios.
Children are safer when property restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat:
Always secure a child in a proper child restraint system in accordance with age ard
size Of the child as recommended by the child restraint system manufacturer.

AX WARNING

{Do not alow chidren to stand up or knee! on ether the rear or the front sests.
‘An unrestraned chid could suffer serious inuries dunng emergency braking or
colisen.

is also no recommended thet children travel sitting on your lap as t does nat
Provide sufficient resirant,

Cont Maira E Nobis Li 032015 515

64. P 11.0 M040 (62992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:01 AM File: YXUV_DITA;
MAP_wowe. CONTENT REF_MAP-PDF dtamap =6— (65.1

65. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:01 AM Fi
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

5)

GD SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SAS) (if equipped)
6 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [SRS) [if equipped}

‘The S.pplemertal Restrair System (SAS) includes air bags, pretensioners and EOL.
‘The ar bags are designed to provide further protection to the vehicle oocuparts in
action to the primary pectestion provided by the seat bets and seat belt pre
tensianers.

‘The primary components cf the system are the sensors which measure the arash
seventy In the event of a significar frontal impact, the SAS airbags inflate to work in
‘orjunstion with the sest batts and help reduce injuries mainiyto the drwer's or front

eo est.
ANONCE Air Bag Locations
¿est bes ae tre primary restrain aster inthe eMe Anas pros «nn chewing heethu -Drver Artes

‘supplemental protection in addtion to the seat bets.

Al occupants, including the driven, should always wear their seat belts
Irrespective of presence of arbags to minmize the risk of severe inury in the
event ofa orash

Air bags are more effective in reducing injuries when the seat belts are worn.

6.1 Airbag

Your vehicle has the folowing airbags:

+ Onefrortel airbag forthe driver (A)

+ One rortal sirbag forthe fore passenger (8)
+ Two side (sex) impact airbag (0)

+ Two ourtain airbags (0)

(© Cony Mir & Make Li 042012 61

66. P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

fee 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:02 AM

le: galos

‘SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SAS) [If equipped)

+ Above the upper glove bar- Passenger Airbag + Inthe inner roof ral (LH 6 FH)-Curtain Airbags

AA NOTICE

An airbag is nt designed to deploy in every type of crash. Depending on the
‘ype of accident or Impact. the front airbag’. side arbags and curtain arbags
ndependentiy depioy thereby prctecting the occupants ts not necessary that
ALL the arbagís deploy during an accident

67. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:02 AM Fi
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

‘To minimize the risk of severe injury in the ever of a crash, every passenger must
‘always weer their seat belt (see the chapter on Seat Belts in this manual) The
airbags inflate very quoky with great foros. Do nat position any part cf your bodytoo
close to a arbag you or especialy children could be seriously inured by a deploying
arosg.

6.2 Driver and Front Passenger Air Bag

Your vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restrsirt System (Airbag) and lsp/
shoulder belts at bah the driver and front passenger seating positions. The
indostions of the systents presence are the letters “SRS AIR BAG" embossed an the
airbag pad cover in the steering wheel and the passenger's side front penal ped
above the glove box.

“The SAG is designed to deploy the frore airbags enly when an impact is sufficiently
severe and when the impact ange is less than 30" from the forward longitudinal
ss of the vence.

(68.0)

‘SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [SAS] (if equipped)

w2ro2
Front airbags are nt intended to deploy in sideimpoot, rear impact or rolover
crashes. In ation. ort airbags wil not deplo in frontal crashes which are below
the presoribad degloymere threshold where risk of senous injures sl.
AANOTICE
Do et place any objects over the arbag or between the arbeg and yoursll

6.3 Side Impact Airbag

53

68. fae soit CONTENT Rer MS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:02 AM

‘SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SAS) [If equipped)

le: VXUV_DIT/
F diemap (69.0

Your vehicle is equipped with side impact airbags in beth the front sects. The
purpose cf the air bag isto provide the vehicles driver and/or the front passenger

vith addtional prateion during side impacts or colisions

‘he side impact air bags are designed to deploy only during certain sideirrpect

calisons, depending onthe crash seventy. ange. speed and part oF impact.
A, WARNING

+ Inthe case ol a side colision the curtain ar bag may be depioyed together
with che relevant side air bag on the side the collision occurs.

+ Te side impact air bag is supplementary to the seat bet systems and is net
a substitute for them. Therefore your sest belts must be worn at al times
while the vehicle i in moton The ar bags deploy ony in certain side impact
‘conditions severe enough to cause significant inury to the vehicle occupants.

+ For best protection from the side impact air bag system and to avoid being
injured ty the deploying side impact ar bag. all seat occupants should sin
an upnigt position wth the seat beit propery fastened The divers hands
Should be placed cn the steering wee! at the 200 and 3:00 positions. The
Passenger arms and hands should be placed on their laps.

+ Do not use any accessory seat covers. Use of set covers could reduce or
(prevent the efectneness ef the system.

+ Donce instal ary accessories on the side or near the side impact ar bag.

+ Do not place ary objects over the air bag or between the air bag and
yours!

+ Do no place ary objects (an umbrela bag etc) between the door and the
Seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the
supplementary side impact airbag irfates,

6.4 Curtain Airbag
Curtain air bags are bosted along beth sides of the roo rals on the A& 8 pillars.

‘They are designed to help protect the heads of the frort seat cocuparts and Ihe
rear outboard seat ozouparts in certain side impact odlisions.

‘The curtain air bags are designed to deploy depending on the rash severity, ange.
speed and impact. The curtain ar bags are not designed to deploy in ll side impact
Situations, colisicns from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover
situations,

À WARNING

+ Inthe case of aside colision the side ar bag may be deployed together with
the relevant curtan ar bag on the sie the colision occurs.

+ In onder for side and curtain air bags to provide the best protection. both
rork seat occupants and both cutboard rear occupants should sit in an
Upright postion with the seat belts properly fastened. Importar children
‘should si. in a proper chi restrain system in she rear seat.

+ When chicren are seated in the rear cutboard sests, they must be sested
inthe proper cildrestrairs system. Make sure to position the child restraint
System as far sway from the door side es possible, and secure the child
restrars system in. locked postion.

+ Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodes orto doors or
place objects between the doors and passengers when they ere seated on
‘seats equpped wth side ander curtan ar bags.

69. fie soit CONTENT br NUS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:02 AM

F diemap

GD

6.5 Airbag System Malfunction Lamp

This lamp monitors sirbag sensor assembly, airbag sensors, indostor lamp, seat
beit pretensioner assembles. rfitors, interconnecting mining and power sources.

‘Airbags do not require any regular maintenance of service. The
‘airbag system malfunction lamp illuminates when the ignition is
ON and it turns OFF ater about two seconds as seit cheok
‘centering normal operations of airbag system and maifuncticn
lamp

If ether of the following conditions occur, there is a malfunction of the airbags or
seat belt pretencioner. Immediately contact your Mahincta Dealer.

+ The lamp does not gow when the igrtion is switched ON or lows beyond six(8)
‘seconds after evitching the igrition ON

+ The lamp comes ON at any other time even brie.
+ The lamp oomes ON intermitterely

ANOTICE

Never make ary modifications to your vehicle which could fect the
"performance of your airbag system. in particular, changes to the vehicle frame,
humpers, bul bar front fenders, ride height, suspension, seat belts, interior
rim, seats or sieening whee! (especialy covers, pads or other trim] coud
prevent proper deployment of the airbag I you need to make any modifications
o accommodate any dsabity you may have, please contact your Authonzed
Mahindra Deaen

{Never y to open or strike the airbag cover. f the airbag cover is cracked or
damaged in any way. the arbag may nos function as intended Take the vericle
to an Awhonzed Mahindra Dealer.

Even if the airbags do not deploy during an accident. take your vehiole to an
‘authorized Mahindra Dealer for a thorough inspection of the arbag and seat belt

le: galos

co

‘SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SAS) if equipped)

Systems, no matter how minor the accident, The airbag system could have bean
demaged, and may not work as intended inthe future, resulting in serious injury.

6.6 Airbag Inflation/Deployment

‘The airbag sensors constantly monitor the forward deceleration of the vehicle. an
impeot results in a forward deceleration beyond the designed threshold level, the
system triggers the airbag inflators. This intites a chemical resction which quickly
fils the airbags with norton ges.

Upon deployment, tear seems molded direct into the pad covers separate under
pressure from the expansion ofthe airbags. Further opering of the covers allows ful
Inflation of the airbags. A fuly irflted airbag, in corrbinetion vith properly wor
‘seat bat, slows the drwer's or the passenger's forward motion reducing the risk of
head and chest injury.

Alter complete ifltion the airbag immediately starts deflating. enabling the driver
to mairtain forward visbilty end the ablity to maneuver or operate cther controls.

Deployment of the airbags happen in a fraction of a second, producing a loud noise
relessing a ‘white smoke’ and residue along with a nontoxic gas. This does not
indoste à fire, This smoke may remain inside the vehicle for some time. and may
cause some minor inition to the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to wash aff any
residue with soap and water as soon as possible to prevert any potential skin
liptation If you oar safely ext the vehiale you should do so immediately.

À WARNING

+ Do not modi, remove strike or open the seat bet precensioner
‘assemblies. airbeg sensor or surrounding area or winng Faire to follow
these instructions may prevent them from activating correctly cause
sudden operation ofthe system or disable the system which could resut in
serious Injury

65

70. WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:02 AM File: galos

‘SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SAS) [If equipped)

ay

+ Ports of the airbag mode (steering whee! hub, arbag cover and infator)
may be hot for several minutes after deployment. The arbags inflate only

+ Donct cover the steering wheel instrument panel seats with ary object (eg.
‘dash panel covers, seat covers) which may prevent the airbags from infsaing
proper

+ The airbags ile wth considerable force. While the system is designed to
reduce serious inuries, primanty to the head and chest, it may iso cause
‘ther, less severe injuries to the face. chest, arms and handk. These are
usualy in the nature of minor burns or abrasions and swelling, but the force
of à deplcyig arbag can also cause more serious imuries, especial if an
‘ccoupart®s hands, arms, chest or head is in close proximity to the airbag
module at the time of deployment. Se straight and wel Back into the se
Move your seat as far back as practical to allow room for airbag inflation,
while sl allowing you to properly operate/chive the vehicle

À WARNING

Te front passenger should never sit on the edge of the seat, stand near the
glove compartment, rest feet or other parts of the body on the dashbosrd
when the vehicle is moving.

À WARNING
Tre cer or front passenger who is too else to the steering whee! or
dashboard can be seriously inured during airbag deployment.
+ The ave must st as far back as possible from she steering whee wile sit
mantanıng cored of te vehicle
+The front passenger must st as ar back as possible fromihe dashboard
+ Sing improper or out of postion can cause oceupares 1o be shited too

close to a deplving arbag strike the interior structure or be thrown from
he vehile resulting in Serious inury

71. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:02 AM
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

le: VXUV_DIT/
s— 020

‘SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [SAS] (if equipped)

8.7 Child Restraint and Airbag

Ba

AX WARNING

+ Always sit upright with the seat back in an upright postion, on the seat
Cushion centre with your seat belt on legs comfortably extended and your
fest onthe floor

+ Aïvehiole occupants must be properly restrained using the seat bets

Never place a reanfacing child restraint in the front passenger's seat If the airbag
deploys, injuries tothe child may be fatal.

In action, do nat place frortacing child restraires in the frort passenger's seat
‘ether. If the front passenger airbag irflates, i Goud osuse serious or fetal injuries to

Al infarts and chidren must be placed in the rear seat of the vehicle in a
Chidrestraire seat end be propery restrained by seat bets

From airbags can injure occupants improperly postiened in the frent seats

Even with arbags. improperly beted and unbeted occupants can be
severey injured when the airbag inflates. Aways folow the precautions
‘about seat bets arbags and ocoupant safety coreaned inthis mara

Do not modify the front sests. Modification ofthe front sests could imerfere
‘with the operation d the supplemental restraint system or side impact
arbags

Do not place items under the front seats. Placing items under the front

sess coud interfere with the operation of she supplemental restraint
system sensing components and wiring harnesses

the chi

AA DANGER

Extreme Hazara Do ret use a res facing chidrestrai ona seat protected
an arbagin erat

Never pu à ch restraint inthe from passenger's ses. che fort passenger
airbag inflates, it can cause serious or fatal injuries.

¡Never hold an inter or child on your lap. The infant orchid could be seriously
injured in the event of a crash. All infants and children should be property
resiraned in apprepriate chic sales seats er seat Dots nthe rear seat
instal the chi restait system on the rear cuzboerd seas. and securely lok
the el renwanı system in postion

67

72. WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap 030

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:02 AM File: galos

‘SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SAS) [If equipped)

Always Buctie Children (ABC) in the back seat It is the safest place for children Airbag Nondeployment
of any age to ride:

Ipsos below a preeterminedtheeshcldive may rot cause the airbag to deploy
inte folowng osses
6.8 Airbag Deployment. . 2

+ Colston with Utitty Polos or Trews -
A NOTICE
‘Te images shawn in tis section are for iustreive purpose and: Trey may not
ook like your mode}/vaniant or vehicle,
Front Air bog's

Front ar bags are designed to inflate in a frontal colision depending on the intensity,
speed or angles of impact ofthe front colision.

‘Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle colides with objects such as utility poles or
trees, where the pont of impact is concentrated to one ares end the ful force of
he impact is not delivered tothe senscrs.

73. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:03 AM File: VXUVDIT/
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

[29]

D ‘SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SAS) [if equipped)
+ Under-ride Situations - a
p <<
+ Frontal impact
Furning under a truck's tal gate may nc provide the decelerations necessary for iFtortal impact Beyond SU range fram Reston tothe vehicle:

arbsg deployment. Air bags wil not ifite in this “underride” situation where
‘deceleration forces that are detected by senscrs are significant lou.

Rearend Collisions -

Frontal ar bags are not designed to inflate in reer colision, where occupants are
moved backward away from the airbags by the force cf the impact. In this case.
inflated ar bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit.

(© Cony Mir & Make Li 042012 ES

74. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:03 AM File: VXUVDIT/
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap [29]

‘SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SAS) [f equipped)

+ Pot Holes or Stepped Surfaces «

Orig into a big pot hale, stepped surface or hitting the far side of a hole/inaline
wil rot inflate the airbag,

+ Rollover

Air bags will ne inflate in rellover aosideres where air bag deployment woud nat
provide protection to the cocupants. However. side impact and ourtain sir bags
‘may rflete when the vehiale is rolled over by 3 side impact oolision.

610

+ Frontal Side Swipe Impact.»

Frortal offset impact to the vehicle may ct provide the deceleration force
necessary for airbag deployment. In an angled odision, the force of impact may
direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would rot be able to
provide any addtional bereft, and thus the sensors may nt deploy ary ar bags.

6.8 Airbag Replacement

‘Setservicing or tarrpering with the airbag system is dangerous, An airbag coud
accidertaly deploy causing serious injures, or wll not deploy when there is a need.
‘Alweys take your vehicle to an authorized Mahindra dealer for inspeation and
repars,

6.10 Self Removing SRS Related Parts

‘Self removing the instrument panel steering wheel, seats or airbag related parts or
Sensors is nat recommended Airbags could socidentally activete and cause serious
injuries, or they may net deploy when there is a need. Visit an authorized Mahindra
desler these parts must be removed.

Cop Mahindra Maindra Li 048015

75. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:03 AM File: VXUVDIT/
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

as

‘SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SAS) if equipped)

6.11 Airbag Disposal

Improper disposal of en airbag or a vetiole with Ive airbags oan be extremely
dangerous. Approach an authorized Matindrs deder to do these jobs,

6.12 Airbag Repair
Ifthe front airbag cover or IP airbag cover shows sigas of damage or having been

removed, the vehisle should be towed tothe nearest authorized Matindra dealer for
repair. Donat attempt to self repai or reinstall the cover

6.13 Airbag Maintenance

For cleaning the airbag oovers/areas, use only a soft dry cloth or one which has
been moistened with pisin water, Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the
‘airbag covers and proper deployment of the system.

(© Cony Mir & Make Li 042012 on

76. 'P 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:03 AM File: YXUV_DITA;
Mar weve CONTENT REF_MAR Pr damas s— om

77. GD

7 LOCKS AND KEYS

XUVSOO comes with two RKES or Smart keys depending on the variant. Your key
number is gven on the tag attached to the key It is recommended that you record
the key number and store in a safe place, The keys operate al looks in your vehicle
inaluding those of the doors and ignition wth steering lock. We aise you to keep
one ofthese keys ata safe place for emergency use, bt nat in the vehicle.

RKE

PKE

11.0 MO40 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:03 AM File: VXUVDIT/
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap 080

LOCKS AND KEYS
FRE Pomcte Kelas Entry PKE PoosiveKoylsoErery

À WARNING
Never leave the key in the igntion suitah with children in the vehicle, A chit
could ewtich on the ignton start the engine. operate power windows and other
controls, or move the vericie.resuting n personal inunes to the tystanders
and/or children seated inside.

7.1 Doors.

To Open a Door from Inside
Pullthe door lever away from the doce and push the door cubnard to open.

To Open a Door from Outside
Pullthe door lever sway from the door and push the door cutward to open.

74

78. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:03 AM File: VXUVDIT/
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap 0»

GD

Individual doors van be looked /uriocked from inside by the respective door lock tabs.
Lift the lock tab outwards to unlock or press the tab inwards to lock that particular
door.

A NOTICE

Locking the chier door from inside aosvates the central locking system.
‘thereby locking ALL the coors of the vehicle. Refer to Certral Locking section
for further desals.

Manual Locking/Uniocking Doors from Outside

‘The driver/codtiver door can be manualy Iocked/unlacked from outside by using

Pl the doce hande firmly outwards to unlock and swing the door open. ‘conventional key. The key is bidirectional you oan insert i into the key hole ether
way. Turn the key antroloakwise to lock er olookwise to uriock the docr,

Locking/Uniocking Individual Doors from Inside
A NOTICE

A key hole is provided in the driver door and front passenger door. to look/
{uriock the doors manualy from outside

À NOTICE

Locking the chives door from outside acsvates the central looting system.
‘hereby looking ALL the coors of the vehicle. Refer to Certral Locking section
for further details.

Pul the docr lever away from the daor and push the door ouewardto open.

En Cop Mahindra Mabini 048015

79. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:03 AM File: VXUVDIT/
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap eo

GD

Locking/ Unlocking the Back Door

‘The back door van be manually unlocked by the converticns key and door cpened by
pressing the unlock button under the rear applique.

AA NOTICE

‘The back door can aiso be unfocked using the FKE/Smart key. Refer the
relevant sections in this chapter for more detal.

LOCKS AND KEYS

To close the back door, lower the back door ha wey dawn and allow it fall on ts cnn
weicht. The door is locked automaticaly
7.2 Central Lacking System

A doors of the vehicle oan be simultaneously locked or unlocked from the driver
‘door

Central Locking/Unlocking All Doors from Outside

‘To manually Icok/urlock al the doors from outside using the corwentional key, burn
the key antrclockwise / clockwise respectively inthe driver door key hole.

AQNOTICE

In case the back door is open when the central locking is activated the back
door will nt be locked even fis lose later

If ay coher door is open when certralockng is acsvated, the system locks the
open doors when they are closed.

AANOTICE

Central looking ALL the doers in the vericie can also be dene using the FKE/
‘Smart key. Refer she relevant sections in this chapter for more detal

Central Locking/Unlocking All Doors from Inside

Press the driver doar look tab dawn (A) to look or lit the look tab up (8) to unlock al
doors simutaneausly.

73

80. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:03 AM
[MAP_WGWE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

GD
7.3 Child Safety Rear Door Lock A eee tes Bi) Bessie Une
Your vehicle is equipped with lft and right side chid safety rear door looks. When NOTICE
the lock mechanism is engaged the resr doer(s} cannat be opened from the inside.
‘The doors) oan only be opened from the outside. {the rear doors are net eperable from inside, ensure thatthe child safety looks

have been disabled.
‘To activate the child sefety right rear door lock push the lever down (A) til you hear a

stint ck indicating the activation ofthe chi ook. ‘Mahindra strongly recommends that the child safety rear door looks be used
whenever there are chlcren traveling in the rear seat

To de-sotivate the child safety right rear door look pul the lever up (Bil you hear a
istinet lick indiosting the deactivation ofthe afi lack.

Cop Mahindra Maindra Li 048015

81. WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:03 AM File: VXUVDIT/
— 620

GD LOCKS AND KEYS
7.4 Remote Keyless Entry [KE] System

7.4 Precautions Handling RKE

leere, er + Donar cover the key ap with ary meten that outs off AF waves
2 = + Do not eave the kay exposed to high temperatures fora long period such a cn
Em D Chen button Da ESE the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight
‘The front sige of the FKE hes three control buttons Unlok Look and Sesran "DO rot pub the yin ry quid er wash tin an utrasonio washer
buttons. There is also a mechanical key release button (D) The Remote Keyless
Entry (PE) ayetam operates on Rado Prequenoy (PF) You can insert the hey to 7.2 To Leck and Armtho Vohiclo with RKE

the ignition with ether side up.

© Cont Maira & Nobis Li 0 75

82. fae soit CONTENT Rer MS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:04 AM

F diemap

LOCKS AND KEYS

Press the look button on the FKE for looking and arming the vehicle. When the
vehicle is successful locked and armed using the RKE the hazard lamps flash ance.
If there ere any open doors, the hazerd lamps flash five times slong with audbie
beeps indicating the same

AA NOTICE

Me aucibie beeps heard during the door open status can be muted/unmuted
y pressing the lock button on the FKE for mare than 2 sees.

+ If ny ofthe doors, except the driver door, are open while looking the vehicle with
FAKE, the vel locks all doors (door locks) respective of the open docr/ doors.
When the open dpor(s] is/are closediater. the vehicles looked and armed.

+ If the driver door is open while ooking the vehicle with FKE, the vehiole is not
locked or armed, Close the driver door and look the vehicle again with RKE to arm
the Artithett system,

7.43 Unlock and Disarm the Vehicle with RKE

Press the unlock button on the FKE to unlock and disarm the vehicle, When the
vehicles unlocked and disarmed using FKE, hazard lamps flash twice

78

le: galos

630

GD

7.44 Theft Alarm

If there was an unauthorized attempt to open/start the vehicle by someone from
the time you had caked end armed the vehicle to the time you press the unlack
button of AKE, the hazerd lamps flash four times along with an alarm indicating the
attempt. I this cocurs, press the “UNLOCK” button on the RKE to dsarm the
security alarm

A NOTICE

Using the ignition xey to open the door. when she vehicle was locked and armed
th KE wil be treated as unauthorized by the system setting ofthe alarm.

Wen vehicle is armed by FIKE opening the door from inside by operating the
(door inner handle wil activate the vehicle theft alarm.

Press the unlock button onthe FKE to canoa! the alarm.

7445 Back Door Open

Press the bok door open button on the FKE to unlock the back door. The hazard
aps fash four mes indicating the same,

83. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:04 AM File: VXUVDIT/
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

4)

GD LOCKS AND KEYS

7.48 Search Function 7.47 Mute/Unmute the Alarm/Beeps

“The search function can be used to looste the vehiole in a parking lot. Press the “The alarm or beeps heard when one of the doors are open can be muteg/unmuted.
untoak ben en the FRE for more than 3 ses. oonbnuoucly o actwate the search Press the look button for more than 3 seo. to snap bebween mute and unite
urn.
\Whentne Search unaion BON. he hazarálamps fash for approx 20 ee heng A NOTICE
yout lose your ve. To Sand the search, press the seston button agan

: The beeps heard curing the doer open situation can be muted/unmuted There
Wichwilantnereerdiempsir anther SoseavYavontaneorbypresng Per re ps
ANOTICE

Me head lamps also tum ON when UNLOCK button is pressed twice (enabling
the Lead Me to Vehicle (LM) feature) Fr the fist UNLOCK command, the
coors are unlocked and fer the next UNLOCK command, the head lamps tum
ON eng youto safe board ocste the vence inte night

‘Search function works both during Locked/ Unlocked condtions ofthe vehicle

© Cont Maira & Nobis Li 0 77

84. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:04 AM File: VXUVDIT/
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap 65

LOCKS AND KEYS

7.4.8 Panic Alarm Function

“The panio alarm function gan be used during emergensies to draw the attention of
crlockers/byetanders. Press the unicok button on the FKE for mare than 3 sen.
‘continucusly when the key is inthe ignition to sctvate the panic alarm.

7.49 Auto Locking

When the vehicle crosses 20 kmph road speed range with all the doors closed
property, al doors are lacked automaticaly.

7.4.10 Auto Unlocking
Al the docrs are unlocked automaticaly, when the vehicle has halted and ignition

‘switohed OFF. I the ignition is net switched ON fer the next few seconds, all the
‘doors are looked due to suo lacking. provided doors are nat open

7.4.11 Auto Rolecking

Once youpress the unlock button on the FKE. if you do not open any ofthe doors for
the nest 45 seo. althe doors are reiocked automaticaly.

78

GD

A NOTICE

In case of an accidex,/colision where a SAS has been activated (Eg arbagl al
the obors are unlocked autematical

7AABRKE Operating Range

Using FKE, you oan look//arm or urlook/disarm the vehiole from dstances approx.
08m)

AA NOTICE

there is redet in AKE range please fallow the steps below

+ Check the distance: The AKE may be too far from the vehicle Stand closer to
he vehicle during rain or bad weather

+ Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal.
Take a few steps to the left or right, hold the AKE higher. and try agan.
‘Moreover, closeness to a radio transmiter such as rado station tower,
‘airport transmizer, mobile or CB rados may lead to reduction in range of
BE

—o—

85. P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

fee 11.0 M040 (62992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:04 AM

le: galos

GD LOCKS AND KEYS

+ Check the FKE battery: See battery replacement procedure, gven later in
‘this section

+ 1 the AKE is stil not working correcty, contact an Authorized Mahindra
Deser

7.4.13 AKE Battery Replacement

Ifthe FKE operation is inoonsistert when any ofthe buttons are pressed it indostes.
that the FKE battery is weak. The rear side of the FKE is snap fitted. Using a smal
screw diver or similar tool pry or separate the bo halves of the casing

Pull out the batteres and disosrd the same, Insert new batteries of SV type. While
fitting the new batery. ensure the positive side of the batteries face up. Aign both
the halves of the RKE and press to snap it. Check operation of the RKE.

A CAUTION

While peying the AKE case take care not to damage the battery. Do nos touch
the battery terminas or contacts.

Perchlorate material needs special handing and dsposal. Refer to local
regulations,

74.141 RKE is Lost

If you have lost the programmed FKE, contact an Authorized Mahindra Desler for
procuring a new RKE.

While progrsmmirg a new key set, you wil have to submit all the keys available with
you, to an Authorized Mahindra Dealer.

Cont Maira E Nobis Li 032015 73

86. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:04 AM File: VXUVDIT/
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap em

LOCKS AND KEYS

AR NOTICE

Please note thet there is a Imitstion (mex 2 keys a time) to the number of
keys that can be ordered The minimum time frame regured to suppy the
cuplcate keys is 10 days ater al the formalties are completed. Please contact
the desler to understand the formalties involved.

you make your own cuplicate key. you wil not be able to deactivate the ant
theft devices or start the engine.

If the key is stolen or lost. communicate to Authonzed Mahinc's Dealer for oe
‘activating the function cf the lost or stolen key This is essertial to avoid
Uuneuthorized access using the misplaced key.

On KE transmitters programmed to your vehicle electronics can be used for
remote looking and unlbeking of your vehicle.

7.5 Passive Keyless Entry (Smart key] / Smart Key System [if equipped)
Passive Keyiess Entry (Smart key} System enables you to enter or ext your vehicle
without the need to manualy lock/uniook the doors. You can start/stop, ook or

Unlock the vehicle using Smart key. To do this, you only need carry the Smart key with
you

©®

® ®

740

D
A UnockBwn © Bak Door Pense Suton
8 Emergency Ke Alesse Besen D Lou
ANOTICE

KE Panic alarm feature isnot availabe in Smart Key variants

‘The frort side of the Smart key has three control buttons: Unlock (A), Look (D) and
Back door release (0) buttons There is also a emergency key release button (B),
‘which relesses a mecharioal key for emergenoy purposes (Eg when PKE battery is
lou). To remove the metal key, press and hold the release button (8) and pul the
meghanioal key out.

“Se

AR NOTICE

+ When locking cr uniocking with Smart key, the dstance between the Smart.
Key and the corresponding door handle must not be greater than 34 [1 m)

+ Doncs cover the key grip with any material thet cuts off AF waves

87. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:04 AM File: VXUVDIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap es)

GD LOCKS AND KEYS
+ Donor eave the key eposegro high temperatures fr a long peros such as A NOTICE
an the dashboard or heogunder direct sunt
+ Donot put the key inary Aqui er wash tin an utrasenie washer + Key should te in the proximity of less than 07m from the outside door
hande

+ The Smart key can maltunction if exposed to moisture or static eecirity
+ Vehicle can be locked centraly ty pressing the bution in the door handle

Carrying the smart key along with you you oan lock or unlock the doors and tail door nearer to the PKE (PKE should be nearer to the triggered side) For Eg.
and even start and stop the engine without inserting the key. Functions of the lbcking/uniceting of the cocher door is possible only # PKE is around the
buttons on a smart key is similar to the remote key ess entry. cocer area,
Lace sea + Even after pressing the outside door hande button, if the doors do not lock.
a chime is heard along with the hazard birking for 3 times, then one of the
1. Carry the smart key following situstions are true:
2. Gose allthe doors: = Asmartkeyis kept inside the vehicle
3. Press the button inthe door handle = Thevenicle/Keyis MIGNON or ACEON position

= Che of the doors not closed properly

+ On attempting to lock ty pressing the button in door handle. the chime wal
sound for 3 umes along with hazard lamp binking 3 simes i the steering is
ot locked

+ We the one smart key inside. on locking the vehlee using the remote lock
button, she key which is kept inside would get deactivated complerey for the
secunty dl tre vehicle. In order to make the key to active again the vehicle
should be unlocked either using smart key or by pressing remote unlock

Unlocking the vehicle:
1. Carrythe smart key

4. The hazard warring lights will Bink once to indicate the looking (S binks will be 2. Press thebouttan in the doce hande
‘provided angine hack is open while laking)

5. Make sure that the doors are locked by puling st the cutside door handles

3. All doors woud unlock and hazard warning ligres will bink tice

88. WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:04 AM File: galos

LOCKS AND KEYS

AR NOTICE

+ Key should be in the proximity of less than 07m from the outside door
handle

+ Vehicle can be unlocked centraly by pressing the button in the door handle
nt when the key isin same side ofthe door where the button is pressed

Unlocking the Tall door alone:
1. Carry the smart key
2. Press the trunk release button in the tall door and pul the tal door

3. Tall door woud unlock andhazerd warring lights will birk 3 times
4. Onolosing the door, tal door would get locked automatically

AR NOTICE

+ Key shoud be in the proximty of less than 07m from the outside door
handle

712

(C2)

GD

+ Tal door can be unlocked ty pressing the button in the tal door only when
the key isin rarge from he tal door

+ Once sail door is olosed it can be untooked fer 45 seo withous the key. So be
cautious tolock the vehicle againif you are leaving the vehicle immediately

Mute/Un-mute the Alarm/Beeps

‘The alarm or beeps heard when one of the doors are open can be muted/unmuted.
Press the look button for more then 3 seo. to swap bebmeen mute and unmuze.

À NOTICE

On the door open beeps and alarm can be muted The PKE alerts cannot be
muted

re

75.1 Engine START/STOP Button

“The engine can be s:arted or stopped by the presence of the smart key inside the
venid.

89. Mas

' 11.0 MO40 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:04 AM

P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

ANOTICE

Whenever the cbors are opened or the door hande button is pressed the
engine start/stop buzon wil beiluminated and go of ater few seconds.

{Upon any faut identification by the system in the start stop switch, an alert would be
provided inthe Infotainment system along with a chime for 10 seo. Please vist the
nesrest Authorized Dealer immediately to rectiy the problem.

ANOTICE

Even with the faire in the start stop switch, vehicle normal function may work
rich depends on the seventy ofthe ale. Please vist the nearest Mahindra
‘Authorized Dealer to reosfy the problem immeciatey.

© Copa Mains E Mab Li 042015

LOCKS AND KEYS

ART.
itch
malfunction !

Engine Start stopbutton positions:

To operate the engine start stop Switch to its tended function smart key shoud be
inside the vehicle

OFF

To turn af the engine, stop the vehicle and press the engine start stop button once.
‘Status LED in the engine start stop button goes OFF to indioste the OFF postion.

ANOTICE

| she engine is not switching af by pressing the engine starı/siop button (one
press), press and hold the engne start/stop burton for more than 2 seconds
or rapidy press end release the engine start/stop button 3 times within 3
seconds. On dong sa the vehicle ignition is changed to ACC postion. In this
case the vehicle cannot be locked using the PKE cr the coor handle switch. You
can stil lock the vehicle using the mechanics! key Contact the nesrest
Authorised Matindra Dealer at the eartest.

Your vehicle is equipped with electrorio ertitheft stesring calumn lock, The steering
whee! locks when the engine start stop button is in OFF postion to protect against
the theft. The steering whee! locks automatically when the driver door is opened or

90. APP

11.0 M040 (62992)

MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

30 seo sfter engne start stop button changes to OFF position If the steering wheel
is not locked properly when you open the drier door and on attempting to lock the
vehicle, a warning chirp along with the hazerd birks thrice. Try locking the steering
wheel again (by Logging Engine Start/Stop button). if problem is nat sched we
recommendta teke the vehicle to nearest Mahindra Authorized Dealer immediatly,

on

To switch ON the igntion, press the engine start stop button when the of

toh
position is in OFF/ACO without depressing the clutch pedal and with the smart key
Inside the vehicle Status LED in the engine start stop button will turn Green to
indoate the IGNON postion and the vehole is ready for starting Status LED odour
woud change to orange if the vehicle is nat started within 30 sen, but the vehicle
ignition remains in ON postion.

A NOTICE

Keeping the vehicle in igntion ON position for longer time without engine
ruming would chan the battery. Turn OFF the ignition if engine is not to bi
started

Vehicle ignition would not turn to ON position on any of the folowing conditions:
+ the electronic steering look is not getting unloaked

A warning would be displayed in the Infotainmert system along with beep
Sound for few seo. I the steering wheel doesnit unlock propery, press the
start/stop button while turning the steering wheel right/left to release the
tension on the lock

714

Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:04 AM File: VXUV_DITA:
©

OLD

Turn steering

while pressing
engine START /
STOP switch !

Si # you are net able to tum ON the IGN please contact the nearest
‘Authorised Mahindra Service Centre.

“Ifthe key is not de:2ated inside the vehicle or far away from the driver whichis not
in detectable position

Key not

4

detected in
the vehicle !

= À warning would be displayed in the irfctainmert system along with a beep
sound for few seo. Bring the smart key inside the vehicle nat in the vehicle or
keep the key auay from sry electronics gadgets to allow the system to detect
the key

&

91. MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

11.0 M040 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:05 AM File: \"XUV_DITA:

D

= I stil the key is not detected the key battery might be low. Press the start/
stop button one and whl the status LED in the button is Blinking green. bring
the key fob on top ofthe start stop button and hold for few seconds till status
LED changes to permanent green, Once start/stop status LED turns Green
press Start/Stop button to turn ON IGN immediately

Keep the key in
close proximity
to engine START/
STOP switch for
few seconds
and retry!

+ When the engine start/stop button is in ON or engine running condition with
vehicle stand stil or in ACC position, and if any doce is opened, the system checks
for the smart key. the smart key is notin the vehicle, an alert in Infctsinmert
screen is displayed along wäh a chirp for 5 times to indicate key not detected
inside

©

020

Key not

detected in
the vehicle !

Bring the smart key inside the vehicle or keep the key in the detectable position
whenever you are inside the vehicle
Starting the vehicle

To start the engine. press the clutch and press the engine start/stop button once
with the key Inside the vehicle, The engine oan be started from any position [OFF/
‘ACG / ON) of the start/stop switch.

À NOTICE

Ensure the gear lever is in neutral postion before starting

Ab CAUTION

IFEngine start/stop button is pressed without pressing the clutch pedal engine
wil not start and the vehicle power modes wil change as follows: OFF > ON >
OFF SON

Ifthe engine start/stop button is pressed from the OFF position directy, along
with the oluich n depressed postion, there may be a smal delay in the engine
cranking This is normal aid not tobe taken as afault

715

&

92. APP

MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

11.0 MO40 (62992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:05 AM File: W

Never press the engine start/stop button while the vehicle is in mation except
in an emergency. This val result in the engine tuming off and loss of power
‘sist for the steering and brake systems, This may lead to loss of drection
Contra and braking function leading to an accident

Once the engine is started it would not stop even if the key is not inside the
vehile Before leaving the driver seat, aways make sure engine start/stop
button is in OFF posivon and aways tate the smart key with you. Vehicle safety
and seounty would be affected f these precautions are net followed

Emergency stop

To ten the engine OFF in an emergency. press and hold the engine start/stop
button for more than 2 seconds cr rapıdy press and release the engne start/stop
button 3 times within 3 seconds. On doing so, the vehicle igrition is changed to ACC
postion

the vehicle is sil moving. you can restart the engine (withour depressing the brake
pega) by, pressing the engine start/stop button, pressing the luto, geer lever in N
positon

BACK up Start

ifthe key fob battery is low, the key may not be detested. In such a situstion. press
the start/stop button ence while the status LED in the button is blinking green, bring
the key fob on top of the start/stop button and hold i there for few seconds ti
status LED changes to permanent green. Once start/stop status LED turns Green
press start/stop button to turn ON IGN immediatly

630

Keep the key in
dose proximity
to engine START/

STOP switch for
few seconds
and retry!

If key fob battery is detected low by the system. an alert would be triggered while
turning OFF the ignition. Change the battery by following the procedure as mentioned
inthe section for battery replacement.

Key Fob
battery low.

Change key
battery!

ANOTICE

Key fob battery low can be detected only if the key has been cortinucusly used
in the vehicle Keeoing the key outside the vehicle for langer duration and then
sing with the crained battery cannot be detected

&

93. 11.0 M040 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:05 AM
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

le: VXUV_DIT/
— can

GD

7.5.2 Vehicle locking/Unlocking in an Emergency Situation

Ifthe smart key does not operate normaly, you can look or unlock the doors by using
the mechanical key.

1. Toremovethe meoharioal key. press andhold the release button in the side a
the key fob and pul the mechanical key heed

2 Insert the key into the key hole in the door nearer to the door handle. Turn the
Key towards the rear of the vehicle to unlock and turn it towards to front to
look.

3. To reinstall the mechanical key. put the key into the key fob and push it urti a
lok is heard

ANOTICE

is strichy not adiisatie to leave the key fobs in the vehicle. Vericle can be
started by ary unauthorized person

‘A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered to a singe vehicle. you loose a
key we strioty recommendte contact Mahindra Authorized Dealer immediately
10 block the lost key andto get anew key.

‘The smart key may nat work if any f the folowing occur:

+ The smart key is olose to a rado station, airport or an area where there is a
possibity of lerge radio transmissions which can interfere win the normal
Operation ofthe smart key

+ The smart key is near a mobile or a celular phone or some electronic gadgets Ike
Laptop/Teblets. The signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal

LOCKS AND KEYS

‘operation of your call phone or smart phone. Avoid placing the smart key and your
eleatrorios gadgets in the same trouser or jenker pooker or in the bag and
maintain adequste dstance between the bia devices.

+ Ancther vehicle smart key is being operated close to you vehicle

+ Smart key kept side the glove bos or top bin inthe instrument panel may not be
‘get detected some times, Keep the smart key in the visible zone or in your pocket
for getting it detected

+ Keep the smartkey away from the water or any liquid. the keyess ertry system

is inoperative due to exposure to weter or liquid, it wil not be covered by your
manufacturers vehicle warranty.

À WARNING

Make sure the vehicle igntion is in OFF state whenever leaving the vehicle even
wih the key. By keeping the vehicle ignition in ON/ACC state wil hamper the
vehicle security.

Do not hand over the smart key 0 any unauthorized persan or service prover
Your vehicle security system may be compromised in doing so.

753 Smart Key Battery Replacement

If the Smart key cperation is inconsistent when any of the buttons are pressed it
Indicates that the Smart key battery is weak. Follow the below procedure to change
the batteryin the Smart key.

94. P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP |

fee 11.0 M040
MAP WGWE <

(b2992) _ Monday, May 18,
sitemap

LOCKS AND KEYS

2015 11:59:05 AM File: galos

650

4. Insert screw driver under the

Battery Change process

‘and upwarp to open che housing

Press sider bun and a = 2. sere sre rivero open poston

3 Remove upper housing

baizery and denn warp to “assembly PCBA end icon
‘remove the botery Ki =

== Wa —

5 Change new battery

6. Assemble whole part.

2, Use same method to open
the other side,

718

Copa Mans Main a 042015

95. 11.0 M040 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:05 AM
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

le: VXUV_DIT/
s— Gen

D
Ah CAUTION

While peying the old battery out take care not to damage the Smart key
housing.

(Do no touch the battery terminal or contacts by hand.

Using the wrong battery can cause the Smart key to maltunction. Be sure to
use the correct battery

An insppropristey disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and
human heath Dispose the battery accordingy to your local law (s) or
regulations

7.5.4. Smart keyis Lost

If you have lost the programmed Smart key, contact an Authorized Mahindra Dealer
for procuring anew Smart key.

‘While programming a new key set you will have to submit all the keys available with
you to an Authorized Mahindra Dealer

ANOTICE

Please note that there is a imitation (max 2 keys at 3 time) to the number of
keys that can be ordered The minimum time frame requred to supply the
Alploste keys is 10 days ater al theformalties are completed Please contact
‘the dealer to understand the formalties involved.

If you make your own duplicate key. you wil not be able to deactivate the ant
‘het devices or start the engine.

If the key is stolen or fost, communicate to Authonzed Mahindra Dealer for de.
‘activaing the function of the lost or stolen key This is essential to avoid
unauthorized access using the misplaced key.

Only Smart key transmitters programmed to your vehicle electronics can be
used for remote looking anduniocing of your vehicle.

LOCKS AND KEYS

7.6 Engine Immobilizer System

‘An Engine Immabizer System is 8 security system that preverts the vetiole being
‘operated by an unauthorized person. The Engine immabilzer prevents the engine
from being started unless resogrizes signels from the correct coded key. When a
wrong key ls inserted or a theft attempt is detected the alarm is set of, and the
hezard lamps flash alengvath asiren.

‘The system is eutematioaly activated when the key is removedirom the ignition.

17.8.1 Features of the immobilizer System:

+ Prevents the vehicle being started by anyone not in possession of the correct
vehiole key

+ The vehicle is autometioaly protected after the key is removed from the igntion.
At every ignition ON, i the vehiale does nat recognize the correct key code, the
engine check lamp wil be lluminete/ ink and the engine cannot be started

+The voile wi nc be protected ure the kay has been taken out of the tion
Ah CAUTION
if the engine check lamp flashes or remains continuously illuminated after the
igntion beng switched ON, there is a system malfunction Contact an
Authorised Mahndra Dealer medie:

Inserting the correct coded key in the ignition and switching the igation ON,
automaticaly descivetes the system. This enables the engineto start.

AA NOTICE

In the event of the vehicle not starting with the comest key switch off the
Ignition for a minimum of 1 minute and atzempt to start the vehicle again.

96. WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

em

‚11.0 MO40 (62992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:05 AM File: PTE

LOCKS AND KEYS

Ab CAUTION

Do not modify, remove or dsassemble the engne immobilzer system. Ary
unauthorized changes or modiicstions can affect proper operation of the
system and wil vid your warranty

AR NOTICE

‘The secunty system will be activated only when the vehicle is locked using the
Smart key, Locking the doors with the manual key wil ict activate the security
system

{Using the igntion key to open the door, when the vehicle was locked and armed
wth Smart key wil be treated as unauthorzed by the system setting off the
alarm, Press the unlock button an the Smart key to cancel she alarm.

720 Cop Mahindra Maindra Li 048015

97. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:05 AM File: VXUVDIT/
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap can
D FEATURES AND CONTROL
8 FEATURES AND CONTROL + Power window safety switch that enables/dssbles power window operation of

other docrs when operated indapenderti from the respective doors
8.1 Quadruple Switch
8.1.1 Power Windows

A CRIM Fold Sutch E Parti Window Swen
Power windows cen be opersted only when the ignition is "ON" position. The driver
B Power Window Lock Fase RH Window Swech an operste al the power windows in the vehicle through the quadruple switah on
the driver door armrest/hande. Other passengers in the vehicle can raise or lower
C Front Passenger Window OFM Perimeter Sut their respective window glasses individually by using the seperete switches provided
5 ne, = on each of the door trim pads/arm reste.

“The quadruple power window switch on the driver door armrest/handle controls the
folowing functions:

+ Both LH and FH ORVM folding
+ CRVMeelestee

+ ORvMadustment

+ Power window functions ofall doors in the vehicle

(© Cony Mir & Make Li 042012 841

98. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:05 AM Fi
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

FEATURES AND CONTROL.

Tolower/rsise the window glass push/pul the power window switches respectively,

AA NOTICE
Do na qperate the power windows frequen hen the engine is OFF This wi
dan the velo peer

IF you operate the switches often during a short period of time. the system
‘might become inoperabie for a certain duration to prevere damage due to
overheating. The system wil retum to normal functioning shorty. I is
recommenced to opere one window switch at atime.

1, CAUTION

Wie operating the power windows. check for abstructions Ike head hand etc.
which may lead to persona imunes.

AA NOTICE

Power Window Control after IGN OFF — The power window cortrot will be
valle for 80 after IGNOFF condition

galos

8.1.2 Power Window Lock Switch

‘The main power window quadruple switch in the driver door trim has a power
‘window lock switch to enable or disable operation of resr passenger and front
passenger window swlahes. To dsable the rear or front passenger poner windows.
press the window lock switch down, To revert to normal operation. press the window
Teak switch gain.

8.13 Auto/Expross DOWN (Driver Side only)
Press the driver side power window switch down for a momert and relesse. The

glass moves all the way down automaticaly. You do ne need to hold the switch til
the gess comes dawn.

8.14 Auto Express Up Window (Driver Side only) {if equipped)

ul the crier side power window guiton up for a moment and release The glass
‘moves athe way up automaticaly. You do nat need to hold the switch.

99. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:05 AM Fi
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

GD

Ah CAUTION
‘The cer side power windew is equipped wth areipirch however please co
ot insert your finger during express up a6 & may result in ir

ANOTICE

IF power window entpinch is used continuous} for 15 times, the power window
express feature will go to derntiaization mode

in case of deintiaization recalibration or reiniiaization of the power window
needs tobe done.

Reinitiaization/Recalibration of Power Window
Operate the window glass to top most position end hold the power window switch for

200 ms (minimum). Then, operate the power window to bring the glass to fully down
postion

ANOTICE

Same procedre of reinitiaizatioy/re-calbration to be falowed in case ci
express fexure not working cue to battery remaval/power failure.

galos

8.2 Mirrors

(100,1)

FEATURES AND CONTROL

82.1 Manual CAVM [if equipped)

Integrated exterior rear view mirrors on both the sides feclitste maximum rear view
information to the diver,

Fold beth the OAVMs menually while parking the vehicle in congested roads or
arrow parking slo. This aoids indrances and safeguards the DAVIS.

ES

100. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:06 AM Fi
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

FEATURES AND CONTROL.

8.2.2 Electric ORVM [if equipped)

A ORM Fold Switch e
CFM Adustmert Sitch)

‘The OFVM told switch. ORVM adjustment switoh (perimeter switoh) and the Left (LI/
Right (A) ORVM selector cwitanes ere Ioosted on the armer door trim/hende.

Both the ORMVIS can be electrically folded or urfalded by the pressing the OFVM
fod button (A,

À NOTICE
AN ORUM controls work enÿ when igntion is OV er engine ie in ruming
conden.

‘he electric OAVMS fold automaticaly when the vehicle is locked through KE
or unlocked through AKE and igntion switched ON

MeORUM folding ‘unfolding operation is imitedto 2 times / minute.

galos

doi)

D
À WARNING

(Do not overestimate the distance of the objects that you see in the mirrors,
(Objects seen in camex mirrors are much closer than they appear.

Use the ORWM L/R selector suitoh, to select Left/Right side exterion minor
respectiely. The ORVM adjustmert swlch adusts the selected ORVM in the
requred direction Look the CRM by setting the ORVM selector switch to the
midde postion

8:23 Interior Mirrors.

"There are twointericr mirrors, one is a conversation mirror fish eye type) and other
irzerior peer view mirror,

101. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:06 AM Fi

VXUVDIT/
WeW8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap 0021)
GD FEATURES AND CONTROL
8.2.4 Conversation Mirror 1825 Interior Rear View Mirror
‘The conversation mirror can be used to converse with the rear passengers in the
vehicle. Press the mirror cover to lower the conversation mirror. Close the mirror
back and press to lock the mirror in postion.

‘The interior rear view mirror provides the rear view information to the driver and
also aids during reversing

‘This mirror has day and night (antigere) positions. The night postion reduces glare
from head lemps cf vehicles behind you. FIp the tab [A] en the bottom edge of the
mirror to select the day or night postion.

8.3 Sun Visor

‘Sun Visors are provided for both driver and co-driver above the windshield. The sun
visors oan be used for ether frontal or sideward shade, to reduoe glare or to shut
(ut rest rays of the sun.

Pull down the sun isor to block the gare of the sun. The sun visor can also be
‘snivelled to the sidz as shown.

ro Moin E Matin L 04 85

102. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:06 AM Fi
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

ao)

FEATURES AND CONTROL.

A CAUTION

‘Do net place large or heavy objects on the foldable trays, accessing the centre
consae storage wil be difficult. Ensure the tray cover is latched properly once

closed
{Unlock the console tray cover by urlacing the tray lech (A) ard lifting the cover all
the way up.
A SunViecrEmaraicn B Ticket Holder
8.4 Utility Holders
84.1 Upper Console Tray
A Upper Gorsole Tray B Genre Console Storage

842 Centre Console Storage /Caoler {i equipped)

Bigger objects. cars, eto, van be stored in the certre console storage. Unlock the
certre consdle cover {which includes the upper tray console aso) by unlocking the
leech (8) and the oonscle caver all the way up.

In select variants a cooler (air ver) is provided in the certre console storage. You
can cad cans, small bottles, eto. by opering the air vents & the bottom floor ofthe
storage. Turn the coder clachwsse to open the air verts, or anticloohise to close
the ar vents,

es Copa année Manara a 042015

103. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:06 AM Fi
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

galos

FEATURES AND CONTROL

843 Mukibox Storage

‘The mutibex is loosted above the infctainmert soreen in the centre console. I oan
be used for storing small tems Ike mobiles, wales, tickets, eto.

‘To open the lid. gently press the lid. To close, gently press the lid al the way down tll
¡blocks

hh CAUTION
Do not store big tems in the mutibax which may obstruct the proper closure

Of the muitrbax id On rough or uneven roads, the Id might open up spiling the
Contents and leading to distraction.

ao em

1 CAUTION
On sealed cans/bottlas to be stored in the centre console storage/cooler.

Ary spiled beverage can damage the imerior trim and electrics! components/
‘coer.

Cont Maira E Nobis Li 032015 87

104. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:06 AM Fi
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

os)

FEATURES AND CONTROL GD

8.4.4 Centro Box Upper Glove Box

‘The certre box i located below the HVAG/Shwitoh berk near the gear lever. Smal The upper glove box oan be opanad by gent pressing the unlook push button (A) To
objeots lke tickets, wallet. eto, can be stored. To open gertiy press the centre bar close, gently lower the glove box lid and press to lock.
Ad To ose gent press the ld a the way conn ion.

AA NOTICE

(Do not overioad the glove box.
‘There are two glove bares on the co-river side ofthe instrument panel. Be cire ose or anal HAT GOS WBE Gi ba E
+ Upper Gow Box rating while the vehicle is civen on bad roads,

8.45 Glove Box

+ Lower Gove Box

es Copa année Manara a 042015

105. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:06 AM Fi
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

galos

FEATURES AND CONTROL

Lower Glove Box 848 Cup Holder

‘The lower glove bax is loosted just below the upper glove box To open gerely press The cup holder Inasted in the floor console between the frort seats, It can be used
the unlock push button and lower the lid To close the gove box raise the lid allthe for small ups or oane thet are closed or have ald
‘way up and gertly press to look the lid

“he over glove bots insted euzometioaly when is opened aang wens dh NOTICE

Oriani eses: On seated cups/cans wih lidto be usedin the cup holders.
lt is suggested to keep copies cf al verle documents along with the owner's

‘manual kin the glove bax for reference when needed. à WARNING
à CAUTION Use caution when using the cup holders. A spilled beverage that is very het can
P injure driver or passengers. Spilled liquids can also damage interior trim and
‘electrical components. Ary spiled beverage can also startle the driver and
To avoid the possibilty cf injury in case of an aocidert or a suciden stop, both
he upper and lower glove box lds shouid be Kept closed when the vehicle is in e ine RER
motion.
8.47 Ash Tray equipped)

‘An ach tray is provded inthe cup holder. Lif the lid to use the ash tray, To empty the

ach tray. firmly pull the ash tray up. Similarly to put it back, gertiy press the ash tray
beok inthe same location.

© Cont Maira & Nobis Li 0 ES

106. Jaws CONTENT REF_MAP PUF amen

a 3, 2015 11:59:06 AM File: VXUV_DIT/
an ao

WeWs_CONTENT REF_MAP_Pl

FEATURES AND CONTROL.

AX WARNING

Do rot use the ashtray for deposing of waste paper or other combustible

items. They may catch fire when a cigarette butt is exingushed in the ash tray

84.8 Second Row Seat Arm Rest — Cup Holder if equipped)

Ge

‘The second rows seats have an armrest embedded ito the seat back The arm rest

canbe urflded andused asa cup holder

AR NOTICE

ny sealed er cups with id and sans to be usedin the cup holders.

À WARNING

Use caution when using the cup holders A piled beverage that is very hot can
inure the passengers. Spied igus can aso damage inter trim. Never place

‘objects cher than cups or cans in the cup holder. These objects can be thrown

‘out in the evert of a sucklen stop or an accident, possibly inunng the
‘passengers in the vehicle

e410

849 Second Row Seat Arm Rest — Storage Bin [1 equipped)

“The second rows seats have an armrest embedded into the sest back The arm rest
Inoorporetes a storage bin with smooth operating magnetio bin cover and a cup
holder.

A NOTICE
Only seated or cups ith id dans tobe used nthe cup holders

À WARNING
Use caution whenusing the cup halders A sped beverage the very hos can
inure the passengers pled ques can aso damage eno tm. Never place
bens other than cups or cans nde cap hole. These chez can be chron

où in the event of a sudden stop or an accident. possiby ining the
passengers in thevehicie,

84.10 Third Row Cup Holder

“The cup holders are located on both left and right side tims below the magazine
holder.

107. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:07 AM File: \'XUV_DIT/
GNE_ CONTENT REF_MAP_POF.ditamap 08,1)
FEATURES AND CONTROL
ANOTICE ANOTICE
(Ont seat or cups with id and ans to be usedin the sup holders. Chi secled/ctosed bottes are to be usedinthe bote holders

84.12 Seat Back/Magazine Pocket

‘The seat back pockets are located on the back of the front sests for holding light
wet papers ‘backs /magazines, to.

hh CAUTION

To avoid injury, do not place large or hard objects in the seat back pockets. Do
no: put more then 1 Kgweight in seat back pockets.

8.4.11 Bottle and Umbrella Holder

Bottle and Umbrella holders are located on both the front door lower trims. You can
Use them to store umbrelias, maps, papers, small books, batles, eto,

Cont Maira E Nobis Li 04 en

108. P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

fee 11.0 M040 (62992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:07 AM

le: galos

FEATURES AND CONTROL.

84.13 Third Row Magazine Pocket

84.14GripHande

‘The third row magazine pockets are loosted cn the trims on either side of the third
ron seats, They can be used for holding light weight papers /books/magaznes, eto.

hh CAUTION

Do not place large or hard objects in the magazine pookets. Do not put has
‘objects inthe magazine pockets.

‘There are two ticket, mobile or small cbjest halders on either side of the front floor
conse.

Foldable grip handles are provided above the front (passenger only). second row and
‘hind raw cutboard seats.

ene Cop Mahindra Maindra Li 048015

109. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:07 AM Fi
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

GD

84.15 Coat Hook

‘The second raw outboard passenger sests grip hendes festure & cost hook for

hhangng your coat, shits, eto.

Ah CAUTION

Hang ight weight articles only Hanging excess/buiy weight/items may cause
‘breakage ofthe hook and incenverienee to the passengers.

galos

on

FEATURES AND CONTROL

84.16 Sun Glass Holder

oof maurted sun glass holder is integral part of the front interior lamp. Press the
lig to release the Istoh and lower the holder. It is strategoally positioned to be
‘accessed easly by both the driver and front passenger.

Ah CAUTION

Do net access the sun glass holder while you are driving lt may cistract your
‘eonverration and could lead an acaidert.

ea

110. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:07 AM File: \'XUV_DIT/
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap at)

FEATURES AND CONTROL.

184.17 Floor Mat (Y equipped)

Floor mate are provided in the front and rear oct wells to avoid stains on the floor
carpe.

À WARNING
Aways keep the floor mats in their correct positon to avoid interference with

the movement of the accelerator or brake pedals curing ching which may
leadto aroicerts.

8.5 Hom

Press the pad on the steering wheel to blon/sound the horn. The horn funations
ven when the ignition has been switched OFF,

8.6 Interior Lamps:
Interior lamps comprise of front/rear roof lamps. map reading lamps. ambience

lamps and ignition key ring iluminstion. These lamps oan be used for an illuminated
entry, In auto mode, the roof lamps (courtesy lamps) and ignition key ring iluminate

g14

GD

when any of the doors ere opened Once all doors are closed, the interior lamps
‘switoh OFF.

88.1 Front Roof Lamp

‘The front roof larmps are located in the roof constle above the interior rear view
mirror, The roof lemp oan be switched ON pressing the lens on the lamp. Press the
lens again to svitch OFF the roof lamp

111. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:07 AM Fi
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

an

galos

GD

8.5.2 Map Reading Lamp (if equipped)

FEATURES AND CONTROL

A PermanertON

Anonce 8 | Dom/aiso Made
(Do ne leave she ro0f/map reading lamp in permanent ON mode. This wil drán “The operation of the courtesy lamp in Aura Door modes as flows:
your vehicle battery
+ Root lamp switches ON dims and goes OFF after a preset delay onoe FKE/PKE
8.6.3 Second Row Roof Lamp ns peed

+ Root lamp suitohes ONwhen ary ofthe doors is/are open.

‘The second raw roof lamp is logged on the roof above the second raw seats, The

courtesy lamp cen be svitched ON/OFF by the snitch on the lamp. + Roof lamp dims and goes OFF after 10 seo delay upon closing ofall doors

+ Roof lamp dims and goes OFF immediately on FKE/PKE look or manuel key lock
‘after al doors are dosed

+ Il any of the doors are not closed properly. the roof lamp switches OFF
‘automaticaly once the vehicle speed > 10 kmph

+ Roof lamp goes OFF with ignition ON and al doors closed properly

‘The root lamp snitch has three operation modes to choose from

A. The roof lamp remains permanently CN inthis postion irrespective of the door
open status

B._The roof lamp remains in DODR/ALTO made inthis position.

© The roof lamp remains permanently OFF in this position

(© Cony Mir & Make Li 042012 815

112. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:07 AM Fi
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

(EN

FEATURES AND CONTROL.

AR NOTICE

+ Under the seat

Me ro lamp wil be sumed OV in the case cf an accident in a SAS equipped
variant provided the roof Lamp switch in "Door /Auto" mode.

8.6.4 Ambience Lamp{i equipped)

‘The ambience lamps gve cut à light red ambienos in the vehicle, They can be
‘switched ON/OFF by the ambience button on the certre bezel switch bank.

Ambience lamps are loosted inthe following lotions
+ Aeound the frore roof lamp

+ Above the pedals in the driver side fact well

+ Below the door hande
+ Above the bottle halder in the inner door trim

816

113. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:07 AM Fi

VXUV_DIT/
ONE CONTENT REF MAP POF damas s—

can

FEATURES AND CONTROL

858 Illuminated Seuff Plates (i equipped)

‘Theilluminated souf plates are swtched ON every time the door is opened. This can
‘also be used as a guide ight during ingress or egress.

8.6.5 Door Ajar Lamp [if equipped)
“The or er lamp is presert cn al four doors. The respective door lamp iluminstes
en tht parier dor is onen er impr Ii

ANOTICE

‘The door ajar lamp iluminstes even in the vehicle switched OFF condition with
‘the ignition key removed!

88.7 Camping Lamp if equipped)

817

114. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:08 AM Fi
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

FEATURES AND CONTROL.

Camping lamp aids you during brief stops in right trips and also while losding/
Unloading luggage in the rear. I is switched ON/OFF by pressing the switch (A) on
the camplemp.

8.8.8 Battery Saver

‘The battery saver feature helps in switching OFF interior lamps that are inadvertently
ON for long durstions. This feature works orly after the vehicle is looked with the

interior lamp ON. if the vehicle is improperly closed/looked. the battery saver
Switches OFF the lamp alter à duration of 3 mins.

8.7 Power Outlet
‘There are three [depends on the varient) 12V power supply sockets provided for

poner take OFF. Electrical equipment appliances like mobile phone charger
‘cigarette lighter, eta can be usedin the outlets.

A NOTICE
Thepauer soekeis function nb hen the igntionis in AGG or CN pestis is
recommended to use the power cootets When the engine is GN aval Date
Gran

‘The power outlets are located in the following places inthe vehicle
+ Front In the compartment below the centre bezel switch bark.

es

ausm

115. 11.0 M040 (b2992)
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_F

Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:08 AM
F diemap

2

+ Thirdñow-Belowthe manual fuel lid open kncb lif equipped)

AX WARNING
To avoid serious injury:

lose the power cute cap when nor in use
Dono alow children to use cr play with the power outlet

Wher using electrics! appliances, strictly folow the manufacturers
instruction manual

"Never use the power cutis for electric hesters while sleeping
"Never insert foreign objects into the power outlet

‘Never use mafunesioning electrical appliances:

‘Never insert inappropriate or baclyfeting plugs into the power outiet

le: galos

(Do not modify. dsassemble or repair the power outlet in any way. Doing so may
result in unexpected mattunction or fre, which could cause serious damage to
equipmerz and/or personal iquries. Contact an Authorized Mahincra Dealer
for ary necessary repars.

a6)

FEATURES AND CONTROL

À WARNING

To prevent injures and accidents, secure al electrical applances before use.
Do net use any appliance that may.

+ Distrac the ariver wile civing, or hamper safe driving

+ Result in a fre or burn inunes cue to the appliance raling faling or
‘ewvemeating
+ Emit steam, while the windows of the passenger compartment are closed

Ab. CAUTION

+ Use the power outlets only when the engine is running Remove the plug
from the power cule: after using the electric device. Using the power
‘outlets when the engine is OFF or leaving the electric device plugged in for
many hours may cause the batiery to drain

+ Do nat use the power outlet to come electric accessories or equipment
that are not designed to operate on 12V

+ Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged

into the power outlet These devices may cause excessive audio nase and
may interfere with other electronic systems or devices in your vehicle

ss

116. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:08 AM Fi
W6We_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

VXUVDIT/
s— any

FEATURES AND CONTROL GD

8.8 Instrument Panel Iluminetion

Te intranet parle tech can be vied y the Mumia cowl Inch The AUX nd USE parte re pro on the cre een bem beow the

located on the RHS near the head lamp levelling switch. irfctainmert controls, They oan be used as an input to the music system. You can

Pug cotton una teflon tig serra oe UBS never A A erect eens ne

+ insrunert oer in

+ Ambient lemp WARNING

pee 1 recommend o comes an pu se any own ne veia de
RER stationary. Trying to connect an input device while driving may distract your

+ roer sean toy roro cree

820 Cop Mahindra Maire Li 048015

117. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:08 AM Fi
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

aig)

FEATURES AND CONTROL

8.10 Exterior Lamps 8.10.2 Turn Signals

8.10.1 Lighting Control Stalk

A Tum Signal Let 8 TumSgral- Fights

The lighting control stalk is loosted on the right hand side of the steering wheel and

is a part of the combination switch. it controls operations of parking lamps. head 8,10.3 Turn Signal- Right

lamps, head lamp beam selection, high beam flashing front/rear fog lamps and turn.

Signals when the ignition switch is ON. + Push the lighting contral stalk clockwise (to stop position 8) to indicate a right
tum. The instrument cluster arrow lamp painting towards the right flashes along
with the righe side turn signal lames (front rear & CRM] vith chime indioating
your Intention ofturring towards right

Alter you have completed your right tum, the stalk vil automaticaly return to the
neutral postion switching OFF allthe lamps,

8.104 Taking a Left turn

+ Push the lighting oontral stalk anticlaakwise (to stop position A) ta indoste a left
turn. The instrument oluster arrow lamp pointing towards the left flashes along
with the lft sice turn signal lamps (front. rear & ORMV] with chime indiosting
your ireertion of turning towards left

118. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:08 AM Fi
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

FEATURES AND CONTROL.

+ After you have completed your left turn, the stalk will automatically return to the
neutral position switching OFF all the lamps.

AR NOTICE

If the turn signal lamps on the instrument panel lash faster than normal there
may be a possibly that one or more of the turn signal lamp bulbs have bleu.
Replace the blown bub immediate

8.105 Lane Changing
You can signal a lane change by moving the lighting control stalk clockwise or anti

‘clockwise to the Imit paint of free movement cf the lever and releasing it ance you
change the lane,

8.108 Lamps OFF

FRotate the outer rotary switch on the lighting control stalk clockwise aligning the
"arrow" on the stalk to OFF” on the switch to switch OFF al amps.

(EN

8.107 Parking Lame ON
tate the cer retary steh cn the lighting contra stalk coskise aligning the
“arrow on the stale to the “1st detre postion en the sun to sutoh ON the
parking amps.
AA NOTICE

‘The tal lamp. license plate lamp. instrument panel ilumination lamps and al
interior switches are also actnated when the parking lamp is swichedON.

119. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:08 AM Fi
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

ANOTICE

Park-On Reminder —When she Park Lamp is in ON condition and GN is turned
aft a chime wil be triggered in instrument, cluster to remind that the Park
Lampis ON
Perk/ Postion Lamps will not be switched off auiomsticaly; User has to turn it
of manually,

8.108 Head LampON

FRotate the outer rotary suitch on the lighting cortrol stalk clockwise aigring the

“arrow on the stalk to the "End detente” postion on the switch to switch ON the
head lamps,

FEATURES AND CONTROL

A LovBeam 8 HehBeam

‘Switch ON the head lamp, and push the lighting central stalk down (away) from
‘steering wheel to evitch ON the head lamp high beam or it/pul the lighting control
stalk up towards the steering wheel to suñon ON the head lamp low beam. In head

120. MAP_WoWs_CONTENT REF_MAP E

11.0 MO40 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:08 AM

F diemap

FEATURES AND CONTROL.

lamp high beam the high beam teltsle lamp in the instrument cluster iluminates
indosting high beam option selected.

8.10.10 Head Lamp Flash

Pl the lighting cortrol stalk (from the head lemp low beam postion) towards the
steering whee! to instantaneously flach the head lamp high beam The head lamp
flash works only when the head lamp is OFF or in low beam postion

8.10.11 Auto Head Lamp

‘The auto head lamp feature works on the outside ambient light intensity input by the
ALS (RainLight Sensor), Based on this input, the head lamps are turned ON/OFF
For Eg, ths festure val be helpful while driving through a tunnel ce poor It ares.

‘The FLSis located behind the interior rear view mirror on the windshield

aan

To tum ON the auto head lamp feature, rotate the outer rotary switch on the lighting
control stalk antioloskwise aligning the “arrow” on the stalk to the auto head lamp
icon on the swtch This is indosted by the auto head lamp tel tale in the
Infotainment screen.

To desotiate the auto head lamp. rotate the outer rotary switch cn the Igting
corerol stak loose algring the "arrow" on the stalk tothe OFF postion on the
swan
AA NOTICE
There is a difference between ambier Agr intensity sensed by the ALS (Rain
Ligh Sensor) on the windshield and by the human eye. The ALS may activate

‘the head lamps early during evening hours or may deactivate Iste curing
morning hours. Ths is absolutely a normal behavior.

A NOTICE

In cese of a windstield replacement the ALS also needs to be replaced along
uishene windshield An old ALS eannce be oaloratedto a newwnashiel.

121. 11.0 M040 (62992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:08 AM File: VXUV_DIT/
IMAP_WeWs_CONTENT REF_MAP_FDF dtemap 422)
FEATURES AND CONTROL
8.10.12 Head Lamp Levelling System A NOTICE
When the veile is ether fly or partial loaded it may have an upuerd indinatien ‘The headlights can oy be adusted when the low beam is switcheoON

disturbing the hesd larrp aiming. A correct head lamp setting provides good visibly

‘to the drwer with minimum incenvenience to her rose users. PN

‘To properly aim the head lamp beam, use the head lamp leveling switch This switch
is loaated on the night side of the steering aalumn shroud in the instrumert panel.
‘This switch has four positions marked as D. 1.2.6.3,

Statio Bending lemps are avaiable on beth the head larrps. The static bending lamp
ssists the driver while taking a turn, I wi be activated when the head lemp is ON
‘and steering wheel turned more than SO” at 5 kmph ce 48° 2 100 kmph speeds,

8.10.14 Fog Lamps {i equipped)

o (river/Drver wit Frore Passenger
Fog lamps are to be used along with head lamp low beam to improve the vision

a Driver + Front passenger + Second raw occupa ‘during foggy and risoy conditions.

2 ‘All seats ocapied

‘Al seats occupied with uggage OA Driver with luggage ct extreme
rearsida

Select the suitable suitoh position depending on the payload as axvised in the table.

122. 11.0 M040 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:08 AM
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

FEATURES AND CONTROL.

8.10.15 Fog Lamps OFF

‘Align the "OFF" of inner rotary switch on the lighting control stalk tothe “arrow mark
‘onthe inner fixed stalk as shown to switch OFF the faglarıps,

8.10.18 Front Fog Lamps ON

‘Toswitah ON the front fog lemps. first switch ON the parking lamps rotate the inner
rotary switch on the lighting contral stalk anticlockwise aligning the frort fog lamp
ican to the “arrow on the Inner fared stalk as shown. The rotary switch moves back
to hs neural position one released

‘The front fog lamp indioator inthe instrument cluster indiostes the operation status.

aan

A NOTICE
Foglamps wil urn ON ely # parking arp is ON.
8.10.17 Rear Fog Lamp
To swton ON the rear og lamps fist suit ON the parking las, rotate the inner
‘rotary switch on the fighting control stalk clockwise aligning the rear foglamp icon to
the "ron? on the nner fad stalk a shown The rotary swith moves back to ts
neutra postion ence released

“The rear fog lamp indiostor in the instrument oluster indostes the operation status,

123. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:09 AM File: YXUV_DIT/
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

FEATURES AND CONTROL

iluminates the ground below the respective door thereby assisting in a safe entry
nd ext.

8.10.19 Entry Assist Lamp (if equipped)

Ertry assist lamps are located on the bottom of both left and right OAMI. They
provide a iluminätion outside the driver and front passenger doors when the FMH cr
Lvfssures are acte.

À NOTICE
‘The rear fa lamps ean be swiched ON emy long withthe front og lamps.

8.10.18 Puddle Lamp (1 equipped)

Pudde lamps are provided at the bottom of the frort and rear doors. They are
‘switched ON sutomatisily when tner of the frar or rear doors are opened. This

124. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:09 AM Fi

VXUVDIT/
WeW8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap 25,1)
FEATURES AND CONTROL GD
18.10.20 Logo Projection Lamp {if equipped) Entry Assist Lamp lego projection lamps are logated on the bottom of both left and

right OFVM's. They provide a luminetion of the XUVSOO logo outside the ceiver and
frort passenger doors as per the falowing log

Logo Projection Lamp — Operating Logic

+ When the vehile is unlocked either by remote or through passive entry in the:
right time, the CRVM unfolds and XUV 500 Logo projection lamp wil be
projested in the ground along with lead me to Vehile function. The logo remains
ON for 20seconds or til engine is started whichever is earlier.

+ Tre logo projection lamp is also switched ON when the engine is shut off in auto.
stop made. The logo projection lamp remains ON for 20 Seconds or bil the engine
is resterted whichever is earlier.

+ During ext, the XLV 500' Logo projection lamp wil be projected in the ground
‘along with follow me home function for 20 seconds. The mirror val fold after the
logo lamp is switched OFF.

A NOTICE
Actigeng the logo lamp and OFVM folding through remote repestec or
‘umesessaniy may leadto premaure failure of CAV foang función.

‘The logo projection amp is activated onl in night time. which is sensed through
‘he rain ight sensor (ALS).

‘The logo projection lamp cannot be disabled.

8.10.21 FollowMe Home (FMI) (if equipped)

‘This feature helps the driver and passengers to easily get out of the vehicle during
poor light conditions. The head lamp low besm and entry assist/logo projection
Temps are turned ON for about 20 seconds assisting the passengers to find their
wey

To eotivate FMH:

ges Cop Mahindra Mabini 048015

125. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:09 AM
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap (1261)

le: galos

GD

+ Stitch OFF the parting lemps

+ Remove the igntion key

+ Open the driver door

+ Headlamp and entry assist amp switches ON for 20 seoande unless canceled by
UNLOKK signs.

ANOTICE

For FMH to be activated, the vehicle should have been chiven with the park
lamps or auto head lamp ON before switching OFF.

‘To extend the FMH feature further for 20 seconds, press FKE LOCK button, This
FVH extension can be avalled for maximum 2 minutes from the first aatvation.

‘With FMH mode ON: First LOCK signal received from FKE wi look the doors and
subsequent LOCK signal is used ta toggle the heed lampON and CFF.

‘With FVH mode ON. if UNLOCK signal is received twice from AKE: the festure gets
desctiveted and carnct be extended further. Also, the doors are unlocked and
vehicle disarmed

8.10.22 Lead Me to Vehicle (LMV) (Y equipped)

LW is the festure thet switches the head lamp and entry assist/logo projection
lamps ON for 20 seconds helping the passengers to reach the parked vehicle sefely
nd comfortably st nigh

LMV is activated:

+ Pressing the unloak button on the FKE under poor light conditions (if vehicle is
equipped with auto headlamp]

+ Pressing the unlock button on the FKE when FVH was aativated wile looking the
vehicle previously (1 vehicle is not equipped with auto head lamp)

FEATURES AND CONTROL

LMvis deinen
+ Atthe end of 20 seconds after activation
+ When any door is opened

+ Igritionis switohed ON

+ LOCK commandis reseived from FKE

To extend the LMV feature further for 20 seconds. press AKE UNLOCK button. This
LV extension oan be availed for maximum 2 minutes from the first aatwation

With LMV made ON First UNLOCK signal received frorn FKE wil uniook the doors
and subsequent UNLOCK signal is used to toggle the head lamp ON and OFF,

8.10.28 Hazard Warning Lamp

‘The hazard warrirg lamp switch is located in the certre bezel switch bark on the
instrument panel,

To turn the hazard warning lamp ON. push the switch in. Al the turn signal lamps
flash. The instrument duster turn indicator lamps also flash indicating the same. To
turn OFF, push the switch again.

126. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:09 AM Fi
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

aan

FEATURES AND CONTROL a
Use te nar am whan our eile is stata ato a cher osa A Fikret Low Spt
ere robe osos whe pass our el.

B or E ‘High Speed (Hi
AMOTCE Cemtro Frere Spend

Theturn lamps do not work unen the hazard warning lamps are operational

8.11.2Wipor oft
8.11 Windshield Wipers
‘The wipe functionis OFF when the wiper contra stalk is in neutral postion (8)

8.11.1 Wiper Control Stalk
8.113 Flick Wipe (Mist)
Push the wipe contr stalk to position (A) for a fiokwipe, hold to operate the wipe

continuously (simultaneously Ift the wper stalk towards the steering whee! to
‘operate the wash), The stalk automatically comes back to position (B) when released.

8.11.4 Intermittent (INT) Mode

Ineerritert (INT) wiping is selected when the wine contra stalk is pushed down to
position C. Inthe INT mode, the wiper operates on preset intervals.

‘The delay between each wipe can be veried by rotating the wiper speed intensity
rotary sun (E)

8.11.5 Law Spoed Wiping

Push the wipe contra stalk down to the postion [D] to operate the wiper at a fixed
low speed.

8.11.6 High Speed Wiping

Push the wiper cortrol stalk down to postion (E) to operate the wiper & a fixed high
speed.

= Cop Mahindra Maindra Li 048015

127. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:09 AM File: YXUV_DIT/
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

D
ANOTICE

‘The wipe/wash function can be actuated only when the ignition is in ON"
position

8.117 Auto Wipe

‘The auto wipe feature works by sensing water (by the ALS] on the windshield. Based
on th input, the wipers are turned ON/OFF. For Eg, this feature will be helpful when
the rainis incoreistert.

‘The ALS (Rainighe Sensor] is loosted behind the interior rear view mirror on the
windshield.

To tum ON the auto wipe festure, press the outer rotary switch side/edge on the
‘wiper control stalk, Ths is indiosted by the auto wipe tel tale in the infctainmert
Ssorean and the wiper performing ane single wipe.

‘The sensitivity ofthe FLS can be veried by the wiper speed intensity rotary switch [F}
onthe wiper stalk:

128,1)

FEATURES AND CONTROL

To desotivate the auto wipe, switch OFF the ignition or press the auto wipe switch on
the wiper stalk

AANOTICE

There is a difference between the ALS (RainLight Sensor) sensing rain (water)
on the windstied and the human eye Sensing rain The ALS may activate the
wipers men the windshield (top band) is wet. This is Sbsoluey a normal
benavier

AANOTICE

In case of a windshield replacement the ALS also neecs to be replaced along
with che windshiala An old ALS cannes be calbrated to a new wineshield

8.11.8 Wipe/Wash

Pul/Li the wiper cortrol stk towards the steering wheel from any position to
activate wipe /wash function. Washer fluid fram frort washer reservar is pumped
“and sprayed orto he windshield. The vipers wipe the windshield 3 times efter the
washer spray is stopped and wipe once efter 5 seo. Hold the stalk in postion for
‘ontinuous spray of washer fluid

128. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:09 AM Fi
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

FEATURES AND CONTROL.

AR NOTICE

When wiper is in OFF or teruel mode:
After completion of the wipe/wash cycle, wipers retum to their boom
Position.

I she wipers are in interval mode and DWELL delay is less than or equa to 5
Seconds, then the wiper wi connue in the interval mode.

A the wipers are in interval mode, and DWELL delay is more than 5 seconds,
then a further single wpe ul be performed 5 seconds after the wash/wipe
yate. After the chip wipe (last wipe). wiper returns to normal interval wipe.

8.119 Rear Wiper

Fotate the outer rotary switch on the wiper control stalk to sign the “arrow” on the
stalkto the reer wipe "UN postion to operate the rear wiper.

291)

8.11.10 Rear Wash

‘The resr windstieldwesh & wipe operstes 3104 times or as long as the stalk end is
turned/rctated to the rear wash position Wiping wll continue for few seconds after
releasing the stak erd switch.

A\NOTICE

I you switch OFF the ignition before switching OFF the wiper, the blades stop at.
random on the windshield Switch ON the ignition and mave wiper stalk to MIST"
‘positon to return the wipers to the park position provided the wiper stalk isin
(OFF position

À WARNING

Using a windshield washer in freezing temperatures coud be dangerous. The
washer fluid could freeze on the windshield and block your vision resuling in an
‘aceite. If you qperste your vehicle in temperatures below 4" use washer
‘ad with artitreeze protection

129. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:09 AM File: YXUV_DIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap 1301)

GD FEATURES AND CONTROL

Ah CAUTION

+ Do not operate the wipers when the windshield is ory may lead to
Soratahes on the glass

+ itis recommended nor to use the wiper when the windshield glass is covered
‘with dens. snow or leaves. Clean the glass before using the wiper to avoid
damage to the wiper blades and glass

+ Do not operate the windshield washer for more than 10 seconds or when
‘thereservor is empy.

8.11.11 Autorear Wiping
In the reer, two nozzles with bwin adustable washer jets are provided for the reer
‘With the front wipers ON and rear wipers GFF. engaging the reverse gear activates windshield wach. Adjust the nozzle to drest the washer je to hit the middle cf rear
the rear viper. windshield using a gin. Fear windshield washer fluid is Supplied from rear washer
reservo located inthe back door.
8.11.12 Windshield Washer -Front & Rear
There are nwo nozales with three adjustable washer jets in the front (below the
wipers). Using a pin. the eye bal jets oan be adjusted precise for drection. Always
direct the washer jet to ht middle ci the windshield. This wil enable the vper blade
to wipe the complete wicth ofthe windshield

130. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:09 AM Fi
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

FEATURES AND CONTROL.

8.12 Electric Sunroof [if equipped)

A Surroot wil make the driing experience more enjoyable by bringing light and
Sunshine into the verile. provides a real open ai fesing alorg wth pure ding
fun With fresh ir, your nung experience automaticly becomes significant more
reload. A sured Slows ar ta flow event from above the driver, won is muah
‘ueter endless intrusive than vind towing trough a side window.

(Open: When the sunshade is closed
Press the surroof control lever backward/open (B) both the sunshade and sunroct
less will side al the way open. To stop the sunroof movement & ary point, press
the surroof control glass lever (8) momentariy.

(Open: When the sunshade is open

Press the sunrocf glass cortrol ever bachwerd/open (8), the sunroof glass wal slide
lithe way open To stop the sunroof glass movement ak any port, press the sunroct
cortrallever (8) mameresniy.

lose

With the sunrocf open to close the sunracf glass press the sunrcof glass control
lever forward/close (A)

as)

D
À SuroofGlasCortlLeer— Stross ConrolLever—Boclard/
Fonvar/Oe Gen
ANOTICE

In cold and wet cimates, the sunroof may not work propery due to freezing
condiéons.

‘After a vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm be sure to wipe off ary water that is
onthe surroc! before operating it.

131. P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

32,1)

fee 11.0 M040 (62992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:10 AM

le: galos

GD

FEATURES AND CONTROL

ven though the surroof can be operated when the ignition key sin the ON

‘positon (the engne is not ruming), operating the sunroof repeateciy with
the engine turned aff wil run down the battery. Cperate the sunroof while
the engine is running

+ When a deshed surroof operation is completed release the switch. you
keep the swtch operating it could cause a mafunction Especialy in the
winter, never operate the sunroof if mowing areas are iced Watt unt the
areas are deiced

+ When teavng the vehicle unattended. be sure to completely close the

sunrod. This may otherwise lead to isk of vehicle thet or. the interior ofthe
vehicle getting wet when it rains or snows

‘Sunroof Tiking Operation + i there are children in the car: Close the eunrod! securely and remove the
Key before leaving the verte.

+ Ensure ohichen do not stand on the “armrest” to lockout of the surroof. The
armrests a movable part and may move causing inury/accidert.

‘AntiPinch Function

‘To prevert any body parts from being trepped by the autoclosing stnroct, an Anti
Pinch Function automatiosly opens the sunroof when an object is trapped.

À WARNING
+ The sunroct pinch gretecion funcion only operates during automatic

sing. net manual closing
Tit up — The surreot is tited up when the Surroof Glass Cortrol Lever —Forward/ + When operating the surrot be aware o safety condtans before operation.
Close (ais sherty pressed {in the sunrac closed corto). Parts ofthe body can betrapped
“Tit don lose — The eunvodt is tited donn/slosed when the Sunrocf Glass Control + Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade while chving This could resul in loss
Laver ~Beckwerd/Open Bis pressed fn the surroof ties up canton) control and an acoider that may cause death, Serious NU. or property

damage
Ah CAUTION + Antipinn ration is not avaiable in sunroof it lose operation

132. 11.0 M040 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:10 AM
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

FEATURES AND CONTROL.

+ you would ike to carry tems on the roof rack using a cross bar, do net
‘operate the sunrodl. When carrying cargo on the roof rack do not load
Feay items above the cunroct or gass root

Wind Buffeting

When you drive the vehicle with the window or sunroct open at a certain position
you may feel some pressure upon your ears or hear some noses similar to those
from a helicopter. This happens beoause of an infix in ar through the window or
sunroal and its resonance effect. f this happens, adust by opening the vindow or
suo.

Battery Discharge /Disconnect or Powor Failure while Operating Sunroof

If the sunroof is stopped midway due to a discharged battery or power falure or
battery has been disconnected. you need to re-caibrate the starting point of the
‘sunrod. In edition the folowing oases need the recalibration

+ The surroof does not completely close or open by operating the switch once

+ The sunrocf sles back to close. But the operation does not stop even after a
‘complete lose and tits up the sunroct

+ The opering gaprremarkabiy decreases for the sliding open or tit up
+ Operation of the sunroet switeh does nat do anything or work properly
ReCalbrating the Sunroof Starting Point

+ Close the sunroot completely by using the Sunroo! Glass Control Lever —
Forward/Close (A) Release the lever

+ Push the sunroof control lever forward/ lose in the direation of lose (for about
10 seconds) until the sunroof moves a tle. Then, release the lever

+ Push the surroot contral lever forwerd/close in the direction of close, until the
sunract operates as follows; The sunshade and sunrcof glass slide open > The
sunract dass slide close ~ The sunshade olose

+ Pelesce the lever

le: galos

aan

+ When this is completed the sunrocf system has been reset

A NOTICE

When the sunrod is completely opened with the sunrod! switch and the switch
is cpersted to the PEN" direction for more than 5 seconds, the sunrod!
‘cannot completelybe ether closed or opened by operating the switch once. The
Sunrod wil be moung cnly when the swéch is beng operated When this
‘happens, re-calbrate the beginning point of the sunroct to reactivate the one
‘tough function

A NOTICE

Periodically remove any drt that may accumulate on the guide ral.

ose the surroo! when ching in dusty enviroments. Dust may cause a
‘malfunction ofthe system.

—o—

133. JARA 11.0 MO40 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:10 AM File: VXUV_DITAy
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap 5

D

8.13 Instrument Cluster

aan

A Speedometer E Tachometer/FEM Gauge
8 Fud Gouge F Temperature Gouge

e Odometar/Trp metar/GearIndcator a Pase Bien

o Wering/Taltale Lampe

‘The instrument oluster comprises of the tachometer, speedometer, trip meter (A &
EB). Reset Button Odometer, Fuel gauge. Coolant Temperature gauge. Werring
lamps and Teltale indoators.

897

134. P 11.0 M040 (62992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:10 AM File: YXUV_DIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap 135,1)

FEATURES AND CONTROL. D
8:13: Tachometer 8.13.2 Speedometer
L
Tre tachometer indostes the real time engine speed in thousends of RPM The speedometer indicates the resi time road surface speed of the vehicle in
(revoluiene per minute} Each dvsion is SOOAPM Running the engne in very gh) lometars par hour,
FMlesds to emessne engine wear and poor fu economy, Maran stead engine
Speed below 2300 RPM and do ne sooserer or deoeler te abrupt Anorce
A CAUTION ‘The vehicle speedometer is affected by size ofthe tres used. ifthe size of the
tines are changed rom those fitted atthe factory, the epeccometermighe not
Do ne oeracceterare the engine during iding. this can cause severe engine Shepley the correct road surface speed and distance travel
damage ond woud be ‘rested as abuse ofthe engine whichis noe Covered Ey
warranty.

sas Copa année Manara a 042015

135. P 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:10 AM Fi
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap (1361)

8.133 Odometer

Tripmeter displays the elapsed dstance travelled singe the lest trip reset. There are
two tripmeter's (A/B) which can be reset indvidualy as necessary

‘The odometer records and displays the total distance traveled in kms. Press the
reset button (A) tb oycle trough odometer and ripmeter deplys. Odometer comet À NOTICE
bereser.
Ocemeter and “remeter are dsplayed ony when the ignition is ON and ther
8.134 Tripmeter and Reset Button displays are cycied/toggied by the reset button (A)
+ Toselect trip or 8 press andrelease reset button [A] fora second
+ To shit tram inp A to wip 8 or Woe versa press and release the reset
busien (A) again fer a second
+ White on wig A or press and hal the reset burton (A) for mere than 1
Second to reser the respecte trip reading tozer0\
+ Pressing the reset burton {A} wie in np 8 dsplas the odometer reading
Again pressing the rest button (A) displays trip A

{8.13.5 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

‘The engine coolant temperature gauge functions only when the igntion is switched
ON ke indiostes the insterteneous engine coolant temperature, The coolant

© Copa Mains E Mab Li 042015

136. fee 11.0 M040
Mas

(b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:10 AM
P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

FEATURES AND CONTROL.

temperature varies with changes in westher, load on engine and diving pattern,
‘Temperature rises from Cald(C) (Blue cater) to Hot (H) (Red Calor).

When coolent tempersture resohes the red zone, the high engine coolant
temperature warning lamp iluninetes,

In such situations switch OFF the AC and chserve for any improvemerts in
temperature gauge. If nc. stop the vehicle and slow the engine to cod! dawn Check
the cociert level in the codlart reservar and topup if required Ifthe engine is sl
hesting up. cartact your nearest Authorized Mahindra Dealer.

Ai: CAUTION
Never remove the radator cap when the engine is hat. The engine ooclant is

under pressure and could splash on to skin/eyes causing severe burns. Wat
Tor the engine to ood! dou before adding codtant tothe reservar,

Ab CAUTION

Do net continue ching the vehicle with a overheated engine. This wil lead to
damage of engne components and engne sezure

le: VXUV_DITA:

8.13.6 Fuel Level Geuge

‘The fuel level gauge functions only when the ignition is switched ON. It gives the
status of the foal level in the fuel tank. F indioates the tank is ful (70 Iters). E
indicates the tank in empty.

‘When the fuel leva resches the reserve, the last 2 bars are displayed. The last bar
inthe dsplay Binks when the fuelin the tank reaches the low leve (approx. 5 Iters).

‘The amount of fuel required to fil the tank up may be less than the specified tank
‘capacity, as a small emourt of reserve fuel always remains in the tank.

On inclines or curves, due to the movement of fuel in the tank, the fuel level may
flustuste or the last bar may flesh earlier than usual. Always check the fuel level
‘when the vehile is an level road,

If the last bar flashes even after filing sufiient fuel, cortact your Authorized
Mahindra Dealer es soon as possible

A NOTICE

When all the bars in the display starts binking/ flashing contact the nearest
Authorized Mahindra Dealer & the earest.

Copa année Manara 3042025

137. VOWS CONTENT REF_MAP POF times 2016 11:68:10 AM File: VXUV-DIT/
MAP_wowe. CONTENT REF_MAP-PDF dtamap aan

FEATURES AND CONTROL

138. KEE, 110 MO4O (02692) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:58:10 AM File: VXUV_DITAL
MAP_woWe CONTENT REF MAP-POF-akamap © a

8.14 Warning/Telltale Lamps in the Instrument Cluster

VO OGOOOO OOO

now more about warning & teltale lamps, download the handy "Mahindra XUVSOO"app fram Google playstore or Appstore

139. aie CONTENT REF AR 2222 aan)
D FEATURES AND CONTROL
A Parking Lamp. N High Coolant Temperature Warning Lamp”.
B Seat Belt Warning Lemp: o Low Engine Ol Pressure Warning Lamp“
© Allen P Ecémmmarrtene
0 letrados a ASS Waring
E Aas Waring Lamp A atun
F FrontFogLemp s ‘Tyre Pressure Monitoring System Lamp [TPMSJ"
6 GovPigndcase FT GkEngra are”
Heide med aap Paring ra Era Lo Warr Lamp
MET Y morata
J Lonas Vemiglano WI Heatlan ih Granica
Ko Watios tr Waring Lamp" x sam
L Right Tum Indicator = Charging System Warning Lamp“
M Cuide 20 rap Waring Lane

equipe
+ Came ON mernertaniy with igion ON andwil reman ON ail engine is started
* Come ON momertarly weh gti ON and go OFF in fau seconds

140. fee 11.0 M040
Mas

(b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:10 AM
P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

FEATURES AND CONTROL.

8.14.1 Seat Bolt Warning Lamp

‘The seat belt warning lamp illuminates reminding the driver to
fasten the seat belt when the ignition is ON The lamp wall continue
toilluminste til the driver fastens the seat belt propery,

8.142 Tum Lamps
‘The turn lamp arrows in the instrument cluster flash showing the:

rection indosted by the turn signals. A sudden increase in the
rate of flashing indostes failure of ene or mare of the larrp bulbs
Have them replaced as soon as possible.

8.143 Airbag Warning Lamp

immediately.

“ne airbag warning lamp in the instrument cluster iluminetes.
when the igntionis switched ON and goes OFF in about 2 seconds
‘once the engine is running If the lamp remains ON cortinunuey or
fiash’s intermitertiy contact an authorized Mahindra desler

Following conditions indicate airbeg mafunction:
+ Lamp fais to go OFF after engines started
+ Lamp does nat iluminete at ll

+ urinates while driving

Contact an authorized Mahindra dealer immediately when the airbag warning lamp
indostes a system malfunction The airbag may not deploy when needed which coud
resul in serous or fatal injury, or it might deploy unexpectedy or unnecessarily
which may result in personal injury.

le: galos

aan

GD

8.14.4 Front Fog Lamp {if equipped)

8.143 Low Fuel Warning Lamp

8.14.6 Glow Plug Indicator

driving

The front fog lamp teltale indiostes the status of the front fog
lamp. The front fog lamp can be switched ON only when the
Parking lamp is ON.

‘When the fuel level in the fuel tark falls below the reserve Imit, the
low fuel warning lamp is iluminated. Refuel sufficiently and the
lamp goes out. IF the lamp continues to remain ON even after
rating contact an Authorized Mahindra Dealer.

(Glew plug indiostor iluminates when the ignition is turned ON. It
‘automaticaly goes OFF when the glow plug reaches the required
temperature. Contact an Authorized Mahindra Dealer f the glow
Plug lamp does net iluminate wi ignition ON or iluminates while

8.14.7 Vehicle Armed Status Lamp

Fast binking indiostes a malfunction in the engine immabilzer system. Cortact an
‘Authorized MahindraDesler immedietel.

‘The vehicle armed status lamp flashes intermittenty (few seocnds
frequency) once the igntion is switched OFF and the vehicle
Security system is armed (when looked using the FKE)

Copa année Manara 3042025

141. o
fie Gi CONTENT br NUS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:10 AM

F ditamapı

GD

8.14.8 Rear Fog Lamp {it equipped)

“The rear fog lamp teltaleincoates the status of the rear fog lamp.
“The rear fg larrp oan be switched ON only when the front fog
8.143 High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Lamp

lamp is ON,

140,

‘The high engine coctant temperature warring lamp flashes when
the oodlart temperature is above 105°C It starts to flash =
double the rate when the temperature reaches 110% and will be
‘continuously ON with buzzer alert when the temperature reaches

‘The “red” bers in the temperature gauge also flash in seme frequency as the high
temperature warning lemp when the above set tempersture thresholds are
resohed,

Ah CAUTION

(Do net continue chiving the vehicle with an overheated engine This may resut
in engne damage. which val rot be covered by the lmitedwarrarty.

8.14.10 WaterinFuel Warning Lamp
“The waterinfuel warning lamp iluminstes when the acoumuletion
of water in the fuel filter reaches the maximum permissibe init
The fuel fiter needs to be chained, Contact an authorised

Mahindra dester.

Ab CAUTION

(Do not continue dung the vehicte with the water in ue! warning lamp ON. This
may result in fuel pump/ other fuel system component damage, which val not.
be covered ty the limited warranty.

le: galos

aa

FEATURES AND CONTROL

8.14.11 Cruise Indicator

When SET+ button in the steering wheel is pressed, cruise contral is activated and
the lamp ilurinetes indiosting the vehicle is in cruise mode.

‘The cruise cortrol lamp iltuinates when the igrition is switched
ON end goes aff in about 2 seconds indicsting normal status. The
lamp blinks if the accelerator is depressed wile in cruise mode

When CRUISE CF button in the steering wheel is pressed, the cruise mode is
<desctiveted andthe lamp goes OFF indiostingthst the vehicle is not in oruise mode.

Ifthe lamp does no ilurinate when the vehicle is in cruise mode or does nat go OFF
when the vehicle is out of cruise mode, there is a possible meffunction inthe lamp cr.
the cruise central system. Have the vehicle checked by an autharized Mahindra
dealer

8.14.12 Low Engine Ol Pressure Warning Lamp
‘The low engine ail pressure werning lamp iluminates when the
ignition svitah is turned ON goes out as soon as the engine is
started. If the lamp remains ON even after starting the engine, or
iluminstes while driving. stop immediately. check the al level after
23 minutes. If lox, add engine al to the "MAX level and cheok status. IF problem
persists, contact an Authorized Mahindra Dealer immediately.

À WARNING

Operating the vehicle with the low ail pressure warning lamp ON couid cause
sudden unexpected engine falure and loss of vehicle central resulting in an
accident and/or serious personal injury.

142. fae soit CONTENT Rer MS

11.0 MO40 (b2992)

Monday, May 18,
F diemap

2015 11:59:11 AM

FEATURES AND CONTROL.

A CAUTION

Do not run the engine with low ail pressure warning indicator ON This may
resul in engine damage, which wil not be covered by the limited warranty.

8.14.13 ESP System Warning Lamp

8.14.14 ESP OFF Lamp

8.14.15 Tyre Pressure Monitoring System Lamp (TPMS)

While criing if the ESC system warning lemp binks, it incioates
that ESP has taken central of the vehicle stably. If the lamp
remains ON, it indoæes the mafuretion in the ESP System
Cortant the nearest Authorized Mahindra Olen.

‘The ESP OFF lemp iluminates when the ESP has been switched
OFF manually.

“he TPMS lamp iluminates if there is a tye pressure or
temperature difference in one of the tires, The TPIVS lamp Binks
{for approx 75 sea] and then iluminstes continuously when there
ls amalfunction in the TPM.

8.14.18 Check Engine Lamp.
‘The check engine lamp iluminates when the ignition is ewitahed
ON and goes out in 2 seconds indozting normal status. The lamp
‘inks oF illuminates continuously there is a fault in the engine
_managemert system. Switah OFF the engine immedietely Coresot
the nearest Mahindra dealer for necessary repairs.

le: galos

cas)

GD

8.14.17 Parking Brake Lamp

+ Check itthe parkirg brake is engaged If yes. disengage it
+ Check it brake fluid levels low I yes, topup brake fluid to the required level

Tre lamp illuminates wher: Parking brake is engaged or when
brake flud levels low or when frort breke pads are worn if the
lam iluminates wine chving, do the follosing,

Ifthe brake lamp stil continues to iluminate, immediately get the vehicle checked at
‘an Authorized Mahindra Dealer

A WARNING

Gear the top of the brake fui reservoir before remoung the cap. Make sure
‘no dit, impurities or other items fal into the reservar. Do not leave the cap of
for more than a few minutes. Any contaminants, impunes or moisture in the
‘brake fluid can affect brake operation, resuting in an accicere.

À WARNING

If the brake warning lamp comes ON while criing the brake system might not
‘be working property. The pedal might be harder to operate or might go closer
o the floor and it can take longer to stop. Pul of the road careful and stop
the vehicle, Have the verile towed to the nearest Authonzed Mahindra Dealer
for cheats or repars,

À WARNING

‘Driving the vehicle with the brake warring lamp ON or when you suspect brake.
‘trouble is very dangerous and could resul in sericus inunes. Have your vehicle
‘towed to an Authorized Mahindra Deer.

143. o
fie Gi CONTENT br NUS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:11 AM

F diemap

GD

8.14.18 080 Check Lamp

‘There may be a malfunction ire
+ The fuel management system

‘The 080 check lamp iluminates when the ignition is swiched ON
end remains ON til the engine is started indosting normal status.
Ifthe lamp remains ON i indicetes a potential malfunction.

+ The emission control system
+ Systems which affect emissions

Such matunctions may result in excessive emissions. Contact an Authorized
Mahindra Deer immeditey.

8.14.19 Head Lamp High Beam Lamp

‘The head lamp high bear teltale illuminates whenever the heed
lamps are suitahed ON to high beam or when the head lamp flash
is used.

8.14.20 Stop/Start Lamp
‘The Sop/&art - Stop/Start lamp flashes when the vehicle/
engine is about to stop through the Stop/ Start System. The lamp
lluninetes cortinuously when the vehicle/engne has been
smiched OFF by the Stop/Start System, On restarting the
vehicle/ engine again by using the clutch /key, the lamp goes out.

le: galos

aan

FEATURES AND CONTROL

18.14.21 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Malfunction Lamp (f equipped)
he ABS malfunction lamp iluminetes when the igntion is
‘switched ON and goes OFF after sbout 2 seconds. If the ABS
‘mafunction lamp continues to remain ON or illminstes while
Swing (and the brake system warning lamp is OFF), ABS wil not
‘operate. But the trake system val stil operate conventional. In this condticn, the
wheels oan lock during severe braking. Have the vehicle cheoked by an authorized
‘Mahindra desler as soon as possible.

However, if ABS malfuncticn lemp and brake warning lamp are simultaneously
lowing, there is a severe mafunction in the ABS. Qperete the vehiole with extreme
Gare and have the venile checked as soon as posible at an authorized Mahindra
desier.

8.14.22 Battery Charging System Warning Lamp

This lamp iluminates when the ignition is switchedON and goes out as soon as the
engine is started I the lamp cortinues to remsin ON even after sterting the engine,
it is an indoaton thet the battery is not being charged or there is a mallunation in
the dtemnator, Check the sttematce drive bet for Ionseness/breakege. I the anve
be is okay, sich OFF all unnecessary electrical equipment and recheck. Contact
an Autharzed Mahindra Dealer for further assistance,

‘The battery charging system warning lamp iluminstes when the:
battery is not being cherged or when there is a malfunction in the
alternator,

8.14.23 Door Alar Warning Lamp.

‘The door ajar werning lamp iluminates and the buzzer chimes 3
times when ary of the dors indluding the hood and back door are
‘pen during ignition ON, The lame goes OFF when allthe doors are
slosed propery

144. P 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:11 AM File: YXUV_DITA;
MAP_wowe. CONTENT REF_MAP-PDF dtamap =6— an

145. 11.0 M040
MAP_WoWs_CONTENT REF_MAP E

(b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:11 AM

F diemap

D
9 STEERING AND BRAKES
9.1 Stooring

Your vehicle is equipped with power steering. Power steering uses energy from the
engine to decrease the drwer's effort in steering the vehicle. The power steering
system will @ve you good vehicle response and increased ease of manewversbilty in
‘ight spaces. f for some reascn the power assist is interrupted. it wil provide
mechanical steering capabiliy to steer the vehicle Under these condtions, you wll
observe a substantial increase in steering effort. especially & very ow vehicle speeds
nd during perking maneuvers.

ANOTICE

{Upon initial startup in cold weather, the power steering pump may produce
noise for a short amount of time This is due to the cola thick flud in the
“steering system. This noise shoud be considered normal, andit does noe in ary
wey damage the steering system,

À WARNING
Continued operation with reduced power steering perermance could pose a

Safety risk to yourself and others. Have the vehicle serviced at specified
Intervals or whenever a power steering problem is novced

À WARNING

(Do not grp the steering whee! spokes when driving off road A bad bump could
Jerk she wheel and inure your hands. Keep both hands especially your thumbs
‘nthe oussice ofthe steering wheel rim.

Tohalp prevent damage tothe power steering pump:

+ Never hold the steering whee! to the extreme right or the extreme left for more
then a few seconds whan the engine is running,

le: galos

(146,1)

STEERING AND BRAKES

+ Heavy or uneven steering efforts may be caused by low power steering pump flid
level Check for low power steering pump lud level before seeking servioe by an
‘Authorized Matindra Dealer

+ Do not fil the power steering pump reservoir above the MAX mark on the
reservoir, this may result in leaks fromthe reservoir

AANOTICE

If the power steering system breaks down (or if the engine is turned OFF} you
Ban Stil steer the vehicle manual. Bu: takes mere effort,

It the steering wenders or pil, chenk for:
+ Underinttedtre(s) on ary wheels)

+ Uneven vehicle nading

+ High orownin the centre ofthe road

+ High oroseninds

+ Wheels out of sigrment

+ Wheels out of balance

+ Loose or worn suspension components

EN]

146. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:11 AM File: \'XUV_DIT/
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

aan

‘STEERING AND BRAKES GD
9.1.1 Tilt Steering 3. Pull ce push the steering whee! to the desired postion
4. Push the tt leer back upto its orignal postion to look the steering,

À WARNING

Improperty lockeo steering wheel could cause loss of contro! and lead 10
¡scenes Never edjust the steering whee! while diving,

‘Never ajust the steering whee! while driving

9.2 Steering Controls - Audio

‘The steering wheel can be adusted for both rake and rasch as required using the
lever in the steering shroud under the steering whee,

Totit/edjust the steering wheel

1. Pullthe tt lever down to unico.

‘The steering wheel so houses switches to control the main sudo functions.

AA NOTICE

Refer to the Aucio/Infotainment: Manual for complete information on audio
system festures and contra.

2, Raise or lover the steering whee o the desired position.

147. MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

PP 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:11 AM
(148,1)

le: galos

9.2.1 Steering Audio Operations
Amas © SourceSaecton
Volume +/- Up/Down er Cal Scion

+ TOTURN AUDIO ON/OFF - Press the mute button for 2 seconds

+ SOURCE - Press SOURCE button to toggle between AUX. CD, TUNER & USB
mode

+ VOLUME CONTROL - Press + and “button toincrease or decrease the volume.

+ MUTE - Press MUTE button to mute audio while in TUNER and AUX mode and
pause the song while in CO, USB mode

+ CO USB MODE - Press UP" / DOWN button to go to next /previous track

TUNER MODE -Press "UP / DOWN button to go to next/ previous frequency. Press
{UP / DOWN button for 2 seconds to AUTO TUNE

STEERING AND BRAKES

9.3 Brakes
Your vehicle is equpped wth diso brakes in the front and drum brakes inthe rear,

(ise brakes offer good braking capability and reduced stopping distance. Wet brake
isos resut in recuned braking efficiency. After a oar wesh or driving the vehicle
through water, dab the brake peda while driving to remove the flm of water from
the brake pads. Brake pads festure wesr indicator. When the brake pad is wom,
metalic squesl nase is heed indicating the pad wear. Have them replaced
immédiate.

À WARNING
Driving wich we brakes is dangerous. Stepping distance increases considerably
when trating

Dry the brakes ty onving & very slow speed and applying the brakes lightly uni
the brake performance becomes normal

As CAUTION

Even if the power assist (vacuum assistance) is completely lost the brakes wall
Stil work. The brake peda! would be much harder than normel and the vehicle
stopping / brakng distance willbe longer than usual

93.1 Parking on a Hil/Incline

I you have to park facing uphill select first gear and turn the front wheels away from
the kerb. Ifyou hate to park fecing downhil, select reverse gear and turn the front
wheels towards the kerb. Always ensure the vehicle is in gear and parking brakes is
‘engaged before leaving the vehiole.

es

148. fae soit CONTENT Rer MS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:11 AM
FF ditamap

STEERING AND BRAKES

93.2 Parking Brake

To apply the parking brake. pull the park brake lever up as firmly es possible. When
the parking brake Is applied with the ignition ON the brake warning lamp in the
instrument duster iluminates. To release the parking brake, pull the parking brake
lever up slightly, press the release buzon on the lever tip and lower the parking
brake lever completa.

AA NOTICE

Me brake warning lamp indicates onÿ the parking brake status. ft does not
incieate the degree of brake application Be sure the parking brake is firmly set
when parked and the gear shift lever is in gear. When parking on a fill you
should appy the parking brake before placing the shit lever gear. since the load
on the transmission looking mechanism may make i díficut to move the shift
lever out of gear

AS CAUTION

Be sure the parking trate is July dsengaged before dnung oft Falure to do so
can lead to brake problems dueto excessive heating ofthe rear brakes.

49,1)

GD

+ The parting brake should be adusted as per recommended maintenance
schedule

+ Always apply she parking brate when leaving the vehicle and be certain to
leave the transmission in gear. Falure to do so may allow the vehicle to roll
‘and cause damage hit a bystander resulting n personal iury

+ Leaving unattended children in a vehicle is dangerous for a number of
reasons, Children should be wamed not to touch the parking brake or the
gesr shit ever Do not leave the Key in the ignivon A child could move the
vehicle leading to accideras.

+ The parking brake should aways be applied when the driver is not in the
vehicle

Engaging the parking brake wie the vehicle is in mation oan cause the reer wheels
‘tolook up You could ose cortrol ofthe vehicle and cause an accident.
9.4 Hazard on Panic Braking

Hazard lamps ere tuned ON during pario braking for 5 seo when the folowing
‘conditions are met:

Ignition is ON
+ Vehicle speedis grester than SO kmph
+ Pario/sutden breke is appled and high deceleration rate is sensed

149. fie soit CONTENT br NUS

11.0 MO40 (b2992)

Monday May 18, 2015 11:59:11 AM
iF ditamap

GD
9.5 AntiLock Brake System (ABS) (if equipped)

‘The Antilock Brake System (also called as ABS) is designed to help prevent look-up
of the wheels and stable stopping of vehicle during a sudden, panio emergency
braling or braking cn slippery road surfaces. The ABS system takes input from
heal speed sensors and brake pedal switch to contra the brake fluid pressures a
the wheels to avoid wheel look. It allows vehicle to be steered during braking.

‘The minimum speed for ABS to funation is 12 kmph. ABS is activated oriy during
wheel look condtions where ABS takes over and prevents whee! look

During the ABS operation, a sight pulsation may be fain the brake pedal to indicate
ABS is active. You may also hear motor nase from the engine compartment: I is
recommended to hold the brake pedal firmly wine the ABS is active rather than
pumping the brake pedal.

Depressing the brake pedal on slippery road surfaces as on a marhdle cover. a steel
plate at a construction site, a ja in a bridge, eto. on a rainy day, tends to sotvete
the antHock brake system.

le: galos

(150,1)

STEERING AND BRAKES

eer ea pa
ng sear ae tn
© Seemann
Det
en
ee ni
ee

“The Anticok brake system is not designed to shorten the stopping distance: Always
five & a moderate speed and maintain a safe distance from the vehiol in front of
you. The stapping distance may be longer inthe folowing cases:

+ Driving on rough gravel or snow covered roads.
+ Driving with tye chains instal.

+ Driving over the steps such es the join onthe road,

+ Driving on roads where the road surface is pitted or differences in surface height

À WARNING

Do net overestimate the Antilock Brake System: Although the Anciiock Brake
System assists in providing vehicle controls stil important to chive with al
¿ue care and maintain a moderate speed and safe dstance from the vehicle in
front of you There are its to the vehicle stabilty and efferäveness of steering
whee! qperation even with ABS active.

Ifüyre grip performance exceeds its espabaliy, ori hycraplaning occurs during

high speed dung in the ran the Antock Brake System wil not assist wih
vehicle control

8.6 Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) (if equipped)
EBD, as a subsystem of the ABS system cortrols the effective schesion uilzetion of

the rear wheels, EBD ads in dstributing the brake forces more evenly leading to
better vehicle ctabity during braking.

es

150. fae soit CONTENT Rer MS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:11 AM

F diemap

STEERING AND BRAKES

Typioy, the front end osrries more weight and EBD distributes less braking
pressure to the rear brakes avoiding a look up/‘ski,

For exemple, under ight losds EBD appies less effort to the rear brakes and for
heavy loads it allows fll braking effort tothe rear wheels,

A faut with EBD is indosted by iluminétion of the brake as well ss ABS warring
lamps. The vehicle should be examined as soon as possible by an authorized
Mahindra dealer.

8.7 Hydraulic Brake Assist (HBA) (if equipped)
ESP system recognizes / identiies an emergency braking stustion from the braking
Characteristics and thereby echieves braking output equivalent to a ful force

demand st the cortrole. HBA sutomaticaly boosts the braking foros to the
madmum and helps to stop the vehicle as quickly as possible

AA NOTICE

Pressure should be maintained on the brake pedal during entre brate
epplication if the brake peda is released HEA wil stop operating

le: galos

asi)

9.8 Regenerative Braking (if equipped)

VAN

In "Regenerative braking’ technalogy additions! electrical energy is generated
‘through alternator while braking / deceleration and preserved in the battery. This
Optimization process of electrics energy generation leads to reduced fuel
consumption and emission. Also, during accelerations, generation process is
disabled which reduces load on the engne leadng to improvemert in vehicle
performance. The system architecture is equipped with battery management sensor.
(patented by Mahindra) and en inteligert alternator which ensures optimal electrical
energy managemert as an addtional bereft.

We are committed to greener... desner, .end efficient mobilty solttions,

9.8.1 How does the System Work
1} When the vehicle is decelerating (coming down from higher speed to lower) or
brake is applied, the alternator is made to generate more energy and that is
stored in the battery.

Conditions:

+ Vehicle should be ngear

151. >

11.0 MO40 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:11 AM

F diemap

+ Chtch should nt be pressed
+ Venice speed is more than 15 kmph
+ Engine rpmis more then 1850 rm
Wie braking/deceleretion energy is transterring from wheels tothe battery

IN When the vehicle is accelerating eg. while overtaking, pressing the
accelerator pedal aggressivaly, the lead on the alternator is disabled, and in turn
load on engine reduces making the vehicle accelerate alittle faster.

‘While acceleration. the aternator is disabled and the enengy is avaiable to wheels

© Copa Mains E Mab Li 042015

521)

STEERING AND BRAKES

asaraa

4. Whats the advartage of the oyster?

‘The ‘Regenerative braking system helps in ataining better fuel efficiency on
your vehicle as you drive and thus reduoing your running costs. However. the
fuel efficiency improvement depends on various parameters of your driving
pattern andueticle conditions.

2. What are the other benefits ofthe system?

+ Itimproves the vehicle performance while sscelersting
+ Iimproves the battery fe by proper battery condticning

+ Need nat perform any additions! ection for the benefits -the system works
as une

3. 3,Howthe system knows the vehicle psrameter and battery condition?

The Engine Managemert System provides al the vehiole parameters. The
paterted battery managemert sensor installed on the battery studes the
battery condtion always.

4. 4. What arethe addtional parts of the system?

e7

152. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:12 AM
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap as)

le: galos

STEERING AND BRAKES

‘The system consists of
+ Battery Management Sensor (EMS)
+ Inteligart Alternate.

A the battery sensor falls or the communiostion gats disturbed, the aternatar
wil erter into redundant mode where the cortinuous battery charging
happens, Also the battery charge warning lamp in the cluster iluninetes to
indicate malfunction

«Head are PAM module 8. How do naw whether the system fe working?
isthe funtion ofinetigert eter The bete oFarge warning lamp in the duster al o of ange te engine is
dl ‘cranked as in the normal case. If there is any problem in the system, the
The rteiget atarnator isthe ane which respond tothe commands of IMS battry charge ering larp gos cortruousl.
and generee energy acord
de i jé 9. During vehicle acceleration, current generation by the alternator is disabled.

8. What is the function of headlamp PWM module?

Head lamp PAM module will suppress the voltage hikes and provide the
‘operational voltage to the Head larrps,

7. What any of the parts fal ?

‘What about the vehicle electrical loads?
For that momentary duration, electrical loads will be supported by the battery.

153. aan

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:12 AM File: \'XUV_DIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

GD

10 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM
[HVAC]

HVAC system provided in the vehicle enables cocupents to automatioaly/menualy
dust air flow distribution pattern ar flow rete, ar intake mode and ar temperature
inside passenger compartment, Ey spproprictely adusting the control knobs/
Switches provided on the HVAC cortrol panel. located on centre console. ocoupart’s
comfort can be ensured HVAC system also helps in defrosting and defogging/ de-
misting the windshield and windows,

ir flow direction oan be further controlled by adjusting lowers of air verts, An air
filter is provided at the iret of HVAC bower.

Engine coclare is uted to het the cabin air. For coaling the oabin air, an air
Conditioning ciraut based on the vapor compression refrigeration oyole is used. The
air conditioning system uses a refrigerant along wth a suitable lubriosting oi.
though being nonazone depleting, the refrigerant is a greenhouse gas, hence once
allowed to escape in the atmosphere, it adversely affects the environment by
cortributing to gobalwerming/almere change,

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC)

À WARNING

Refrigerart, used in system is a hazarcbus Iiquefied gas and is under high
pressure. The refrigerant is coloriess and has ethereal or fai sweetish oder.
Exposure of refrigerant to skin or eyes may cause inraston and frostbite. They
can also cause éutfocation, dzziness and loss of concentration When mixed
‘with compressed ar or certain other refrigerants, it may form flammable
mixture Never ty to senice HVAC system yourself which would Irvowe
refrigerant handing,

Mutipe vents are provided for distributing the air, being force-ciroulated by HVAC
blower. throughout the passenger compartmert.

AANOTICE

To ensure sufficient ai flow and hence adequate HVAC system performance,
air flow path should be kept free of obstructions. Keep systemis air intake.
located near plenum appliqué free of snow, leaves and cther debris. Also keep
the area in front of ai vents free of ary obstruction inside the cabin.

104

154. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:12 AM Fi
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

551)

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDIMONING SYSTEM (HVAC) GD

10.1 HVAC Overview

a ¡Sa Veres D Se Dare Vents

8 Centre Vents € Foce Vents

cl ‘Windshield Datrose eres F HVAC Corera

155. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:12 AM Fi
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

(1561)

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC)

10.1.1 Centre/Side Vents

FRtte the thumb whee! (8 le to close or right to open the air vent. Direct air to the
desired drection by the adjusting louvers (A) up/down cr left/right.

10.1.2 Defrost Vents -Side/ Windshield

V

There are four defrost vents in your vehicle. mo side defrost and two windshield
defrost vents, They are loosted just below the windshield The side defrost vents
prevert the front windows fram demisting. whereas the windshield A Adjustable
Lowers 8 Thumb Wheel defrost vents help in clesring the mist from windshield

A Adustatie Lowers: Thumb Whee

‘Two centre verts are loosted on ether side ofthe infotainment soresn in the centre
console, The two side verts are Ioosted one each atthe let and right extreme ends
ofthe instrument panel Bath the centre and side vents provide ar flow to the front
seat passengers.

Cont Maira E Nobis Li 04 108

156. e, 14.0 M040 (02992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:12 AM File: VXUV_DIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC)

10.13 Second/Third Row Roof Vents, 10.2 Climate Control

Automatic Climate Control

Temperstire Controla
Economy Button (ECon).
ACON

Recireusten Mode

esr AC ir Row)
[Bower Fan Speed Contr Dal

moa o>

‘Two (LH & FH) vents for the second row are provided on the BPilers. The verts
have adustable louvers to drest the air flow and thumb wheels for vents open/ lose
operations.

‘The third row vents (LH & FH) are located on side trims on either side of the third
ron seats.

104

as.)

‘There are two types of olmate control depending on the variant

000000

Front Windshield Datos
Air Dienbusion Moda
Fresh Ar Mode

Auto Mado
Blower Fan OF

Bas Winch Outest

Copa année Mar 3042025

157. P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

fee 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18,
Mas

Manual Climate Control

2015 11:59:12 AM File: VXUV_DIT
s— 158,1)

Temperatura Cortra Ol
Economy Button Eon)
ACON
Resreuton Mode
Pas AC {Third Pow

moo @ >

=

© Copa Mains E Mab Li 042015

‘lower Fan Speed Corer Dist

Front Vince Defoe
Fico Deros Meds
ce Moda

Face ocr Mode

Face Mode

oar Windstiol Defrost

HEATING, VENTILATICN AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC)

10.3 Temperature Control

A Codie 8 Hear

By operating the terpersture control knob, temperature of air being discharged
from veriqus verts oan be adjusted to the desired level. Engine coolant is utilzed to
hest whereas the ar corditioner is used to cod the air inside the AC uni. Based
{upon seleoted postion of the temperature control dal, the desired discharged ar
temperature can be obtained.

By rezating the dial counterclockwise and setting it to the extreme let position, coo!
airis dsoharged,

When the dal is rotated clockwise, the discherge air progressively starts getting

By rotating the del further in the clockwise direction ard setting it to the extreme
‘ight postion hot airis discharged,

10.4 Blower Speed Control

‘The cortrols dffer depending on the varient (Autometio cr Manuel Climate Contra,

105

158. 2 11.0 M040 (62992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:13 AM File: VXU
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

159,1)

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC).

For Automatic Climate Control Variants

‘The blower OFF button turns the blower OFF. Tis intuen switches OFF the AC alsa.

Blower forseoirouates air through the HVAC unit and distributes it throughout the AM NOTICE
passenger compartment.

‘Tre lower dene canbe suitohed ON by rotating the bower contra dal
Toinoresse the bower speed, rotate the cortrol dial clockwise (8) end to reduce the

blower peed rote tn dal cortes anse (A) For Manual Gimate Control Variants
“The eames ls incited inthe irftsinmert screen (n Automatic Cimete Cortrol

ecuppedveholes)

ANOTICE

‘The biower speed contro ci is also used to switch ON the bower alone when
needed Use the OFF button on the such bark to switch CFF the owen.

This blower speed control des not contro! the ar flow to thirdrow vents,

Blower force-crouatas air through the HVAC unit and distributes it throughout the
passenger compartment.

108 Copa année Manara a 042015

159. Fw MO40 (02992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:13 AM File: VXUV_DIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap (1601)

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC)

Toiroresse the bower speed. rote the control dl dochwise (8) endo reducethe 10.5 Economy Button [ECon]
blower speed, rotatethe del courter clockwise (A)

‘To switch OFF the blower, rotate the dia to "D

‘Third Row Blower Speed Control
‘blower contral is provided below the third raw (FH) vent to central the air flow to
the third row vents.

ECON

ANOTICE

‘The third raw AC is switched ON by the Rear AC button on the central switch
‘bank, The arflow is controlled by the blower cortrol on the third row AH side
trim.

ECON switch ture ON economy mode. During EOON AC operation the system
‘a.tometicaly cuts GFF at a higher temperature than normal AC. The operation cen
be used during mid weather conditions for better fuel eficienay. Comfort level may
be compromised during this operation.

LED onthe button niostes the status ofthe button, Press the ECON switch again to
tum OFF economy mode.

© Copa Mains E Mab Li 042015 107

160. MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

fee 11.0 M040 (62992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:13 AM

le: VXUV_DIT/
s— as)

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC)

106 Air-conditioner ON (AC ON]

‘This button turns the sircondtioner ON or OFF, Adjust the temperature contral dial
135 per the tempereture requremert, LED on the button indiostes the status. Push
the button to turn ON/OFF the AC.

When the ar conditioner is functioning ar gets cooled end dehumidfied before
being crouleted inside the cabin. In hct weather conditions. it wil take a slightly
longer time to cool the interice as compared to coder weather. Fuel consumption
il be relstuely higher f the vehiole is being driven with the air conditioner ON.

AR NOTICE

AC mil function only when both engine and blower are switched ON. À NOTICE

+ In certain operating conditions when the engine gets overhested. the engine
management system may switch off she ar conditioner intermittent.

+ Tre air conditioner should be opersted at least for ten minutes once every
fortnight. even Arıng wrzer morts. Ths allows AC system eomponerts 10
et lubricated periociealy end ensures optimum system

+ During extreme cold weather conditions, the ar condtioner may not function

Lunt! tempersture of the ar near the evaporator rises above à predefined
threshold

When ar condioner is ON, moisture is extracted from the ar. The resulting
Condensate is crained cf from the vehicle. ts therefore normal if you see à
‘smal poo! & water under your vehile.

108

Copa année Manara a 042015

161. MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

fee 11.0 M040 (62992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:13 AM

le: galos

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC)

107 Recirculation Mode Fer quick cabin coaling/hesting or while driving through dusty/pallited region re-
Circulation mode can be selected for short periods. Draing with this mode active
maylesd to betzerfuel economy and longer HVAC er fe.

However, rurning the air condtioner in re-crauistion made fer lang will make cabin
ir too dry and ungen level drops inside osbn turning the air stale. On the cortrary,
Keeping air intake corerol in reorouletion made for long. with ar condtioner
‘switched OFF, wil make cabin air too humid and are more likely to become foggy
Hence never drive in recirculation mode for long shit back to fresh sir mode as
Soon as possible,

dh WARNING
"Never keep recirculation mode seleated corkinucusly for long Prelonged use of
the HVAC system in recirculation mode may cause windshield/windows to
mist/logup. imparing vsblay which can lead to an accident, endangering you
and others.

10.8 Fresh Air Mode

‘Automatic Climate Control

To set the HVAC system ta fresh ain made, press the fresh sir mode button. The LED
(on this button ilurinetes. indicating thet fresh air mode is active.

In this intake mode, fresh air from outside the vehicle is sucked by the blower and
utiized further to verilate/ 000)/ heat the cabin.

‘To set the HVAC system to resiroulticn mode, press the reviroulstion mode button.
‘The LED on the button ilurinates, indicating the recirculation mode is active.

In this intake mode, the ar from inside the passenger compartment willbe sucked by
the biower and.ubilzed further to verviate/cool/hask the oi,

108

162. Fw MO40 (02992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:13 AM File: VXUV_DIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap as

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDMONING SYSTEM (HVAC)
10.9 Rear AC
‘The rear AC provides cooing for the third row AC vents. Adust the temperature
corero del as per the tempereture requiremert. LED on the button indostes the
sa

A NOTICE

‘The rear AC can te switched ON ony when the AC button (rant/ second row
AGjis ON.

Manual Climate Control

To set the HVAC system to fresh sir mode, press the recirouletion mode button
again The LED on this button switches OFF, indosting that reciroustion mode is
active.

1010 Copa année Manara a 042015

163. P 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:13 AM Fi
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

galos

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC)

10.10 Auto Mode (Automatic Climate Control only) + Defrost Mode
(Depending on the varart, the operation of ir distribution mode changes.
For Automatic Climate Control

Each press of made switch changes the flow pattern accorcingy

‘The auto mode can be used to cortrol the complete aie condtioring operation of the
vehicle automatically. The auto mode controls blower fan speeds, ar intake mode.
temperature and modes (verts) based en the set temperature.

AA NOTICE
The ir cet inside the vehicle oan be chosen bythe Made button
{Al he air conctoning operations can aso be controled manualy as eplaned
inthe prevous secs. For Manual mate Control

ni Rin Stier Nia Press the required mode button on the switch bank

Air distribution mode button allows you to selec the below air flow petzers;
+ Fece Mode

+ Face and Floor Mode

+ Foce Mode

+ Focr Defrost Mode

© Coprs Mi Li 042015 1011

164. JARA 14:0 MO40 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:13 AM File: VXUV_DITA:
IMAP weve CONTENT REF_MAR Pr ditemap _6— as

D

10.112 Air Distribution - Face & Floor Mode

Airis discharged through the certre, side and foot verts on the instrumert: panel
‘and through the second raw B plan vents.

Corresponding informations displayed on the infcesinment soreen.

AC-MODE

AC-MODE

ir is dsoharged through the centre and side vents on the instrument panel, and
through the seoond row B-pller vents,

Corresponding information is displayed on the Infotainment: soreen.

1012

165. JARA 14:0 MO40 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:13 AM File: VXUV_DITA:
IMAP weve CONTENT REF_MAR Pr ditemap _6— 4663)

GD

Ar is discharged through the foct/floor vents on the instrument panel 10.115 Air Distribution - Defrost Mode

Corresponding information is displayed on the infctainmere soreen.

10.114 Air Distribution - Floor Defrost Made

02:56 PM AC-MODE

Air is discharged through the windshield vents and side defrost vents an the
instrument pana

Corresponding infermstionis deplayed onthe inftsinment screen
Airis ischerged through the foct/flcr verts, windshield vents and side defrost
vents onthe instrument: panel 10.12 Rapid Cabin Cooling

Corresponding information is deplayed onthe ifctainmere screen, For rapid cooling the cabin the flowing AG settings are recommended

1. Moke sure that dl the windows are fly lose
‘Sor the blower to masımum speed

Fuly openthe verts and adust lowers to drest air toward face
Set the ar detibuion cortralto face mode

Set ain intake contralto fresh air made

Tumnthe aie conditioner ON

sogson

‘Set the temperature contral dal to extreme let (oodles) position

1013

166. fee 11.0 M040
Mas

(b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:14 AM
P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC)

For faster cabin coding you oan select recirculated air inteke mode intially. Once
passenger compartmert reaches a comfertable temperature, shift to fresh air
mode, Also blower speed and tempersture control knob oan be resdusted as
desired

AR NOTICE

I your vehicle was parked in the hot sun with all the windows closed drive the
vehicle with windows open for the first few minutes, This wal help in venting the
rot interior ar out and alow the ar conditioner to coal the cabin quickly.

10.13 Rapid Cabin Heating

For rapid heating ofthe catin the flloning AC settings are recommended:
1. Make sure that al the windows are fly olosed
‘Se the blower to maximum speed
‘Set the air distribution contralto foot made
Set ar intake cortrolto fresh ar mode
et the temperature contra dato extreme right (hot) postion
6. For dehumidfied heating, switoh the ain conditioner ON
For fester cabin heating you oen select re-irauated air irtake mode intial. noe

pessenger compartmert resohes a comfortable tempersture, blower speed and
temperature cortrol kncb can be readusted as desired.

AR NOTICE

In extreme cold weather condtions, the engine codlar takes time to get heated
up. Hence it might take a while for hot air dscharge. even when blower is
ruming and temperature control dls set to het postion,

pro

1014

le: galos

10.14 Front Windshield Defogging/Demisting

Front windshield glass defogger switch is loosted on the blower speed cortral día in
‘the central switch bank. Press the switch once to aatvate the defagger. The lamp on
he suitoh luminetes upon activetion. AC is turned CN, ar is discharged through the
‘windshield defroster vents, side defroster verts and cide verts. Air intake mode is
‘switched to fresh ar mode automaticaly. The defogger hests the front windshield
clearing the fog/ most.

¡Suiton CFF the defogger by pressing the switch again as soon as the fag/trost is
cleared.

If the windshield defogger switch is net switched OFF manually, i will turn OFF
automaticaly ater apre defined time, based on ambient temperature:

lt you went to switch he defogger ON again, press the defogger switch again.

On second and subsequert aotwvations of the rear windshield defogger in the seme
igntion cycle, the defogger ON time will be ha the duration ofthe first actvetion.

Copa année Manara 3042025

167. 11.0 M040
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_F

(b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:14 AM

F diemap

1015 Rear Windshield Defogging/De-misting

Rear windshield glass defogger switch is located on the terrpersture cortrol día in
the central ewitch bank. Press the witch one to tive the defogger. The lamp on
‘the Swen iluminezes Upon aotivetin and the defogger heats the rear vindshitd
clearing the fog/ frost.

‘Switah CFF the defogger by pressing the switch once as soon as the fog/frost is
desred

If the windshield defogger switch is not switched OFF manually it wall turn OFF
‘automaticaly after a pre-defined time, based on ambere terrperature.

If you ment to switch the defogger ON again press the defogger switch again.
(On sean and subsequent activations cf the near windshield defogger in the same
ignition oyole.the defogger ON time wil be half the uration ofthe first activation.
10.16 Points to Remember

+ For quicky defogging/ demisting/defrosting outside of windshield itis achisable
10 operate the vardshield wiper/washer for few tmes intermittent.

le: galos

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC)

+ If snow has deposited on windshield use ice soraper to remove ioe deposited
before using wiper:

+ In freezing weather, warm the windshield with the defroster before using the
windshield washer. Also use a washer fluid having artifreezing properties. These
willhelp preventthe washer fluid from freezing cn your windshield,

+ Dirty/ocntaminated windshield woud make misting/ foggingup worse. Always
Keep the inside and oueside of wirdsheld clean,

+ Redused sir flaw because of clogged HVAC filter or any other cbstructions in ar
flow path may lead to inadequate defoggng/derristing/ defrosting performance.
If sir flow seems to have consideraby reduced, get the fier cleaned or repisoed
immediatly. Air low path shouldbe kept free of cbstructions.

+ Redused coding performance from air candtioner may lead to inedequate
defogging/ devristing/ defrosting. If coding effect seems to have cropped
‘considerably, get the air aondticning system cheoked by en authorized Mahindra
dealer.

AANOTICE
Your vetice is equipped with a HVAG fiten Y the AC perfermance is

considerably low, itis recommended have the HVAC fier checked at the
nearest Mahindra dealer

As CAUTION

Never operate HVAC system with the fiter removed. This may resut in
‘premature faite of system components,

1015

168. P 11.0 M040 (02992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:14 AM File: YXUV_DITA;
MAP WWe_CONTENT REF_MAP_POF.dtamap =6— ae

169. 701)

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:14 AM
MAP-WGWE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

le: galos

11 STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

414 Safety Tips - Before Starting your Vehicle
11.1. General

+ Before starting the vetiole, inspect the inside and autside ofthe vehicle and look
for any damages, lesks, loose parts, foreign cbjects/debris. Contact an
‘Authonzed Mahindra Dealer f required.

+ Before starting your journey. check the working of al safety devioes//campeneres
especisly brakes, steering. lamps, signes and tires. In osse you suspect sry
system/devices not working properly cortact Authored Mahindra Dealer.

+ Adjust the sees hescrest, steering wheel and fasten the seat belt as described in
‘this manual. Never perform any seat/ steering adjustmerts when the vehicle isin
motion.

+ Stertthe veticle only when seated and batted inthe divers sest.

ANOTICE
Me Engine Management System contras the engines ide speed When the

engine starts, ide APM runs higher than normal in order to warm the engine.
‘The engine ide speed APM reduces once the engine warms up.

AX WARNING
[Never stare your vehicle in a closed garage ar in an encosed area Exhaust
‘umes canbe tae Aveys keep the garage doer open or start the engne in an
open area.

11.12 Mirror Adustment

Ensure that the rear view mirror and both the OAVMs are adjusted for en
Uncostrusted view cf the road behind.

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

11.13 Exterior Lamps
Have someone observe ard confirm normal operation of all exterior lamps wile you

work on the contra from the driver sest. Also, check functioning of all lamps in the
instrument panel

11.1.4 Door Latchos

(Check for positive closing. Istohing. and locking of al doors. beth from inside and
ouside.

11.1.5 Fluid Loake

Check the ares under vehicle after an overnight parking for fuel, power steering fluid,
breke fluid engine coolant, al. or cther fluid leaks if leaks are observed, content an

‘Authorized Mahindra Deer.

11.2 Starting the Engine

(Make sure al vehicle ocouparts are properly seated in their seats and have buckled
their safety belts. “or more information on seat, headrest posticring. safety bets
‘and their proper usage. refer to the “Seat Belts" section inthis manual

AANOTICE
Before cranking the engine
+ Make sure the gear shit fever isin neural

+ Make sure tke parking brake is engaged Turn the key £0 GN position bur do
not tum the key to start

+ Fewwaming amps brief iluminate See Warning Lamps in he instrument
Guster” sensen for more information

1. Shift the ges shift lever to neutral postion.

170. fae soit CONTENT Rer MS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:14 AM

F diemap

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

le: galos

any

‘Apply perking brake,
‘Turn theigniion ON.

Do nat press the accelerator.

Turn the key momertariy o the START postionte crank the

One the engine starts, release the key: till return tothe IGN position

‚Ab CAUTION

Do not continue cranking after the engine has started This will lead to
damage of the starter and other engne components.

7. Ifthe engine fas to star, sttempttorestart after about 10

2
a
4
5
6

8, Ifthe engne fais to start even after repested attempts ss per the procedure
¡ven above, contact the nearest Authorized Mahindra Dealer

Ah CAUTION

To prevert damage to the starter, wait 10 seconds before attempting to
restart the engine.

À WARNING
Y ie vice battery has dscherged use booster cables. a booster hairy or a
er from antéher vehicle to stare. umpstarung a vee oan e dangerous
À dene improper. Meer to the ‘Uumpstartng procedure” section m ths
manu

ifthe engine stil fails to start. corta an Authorized Matindre Dese for asistanoe,

‘he idle speed is cortrolled sutomsticaly and it will decrease as the engine warms
æ

me

(Observe the folowing when the engneis running:
+ Allwaming lamps are OFF
+ Low ol pressure lamp is OFF

‘After iding for a few seconds, release the parking brake, depress the clutch, shift the.
gear shift lever to ‘st gear, release the service brake peda drive by releasing the
Gta and depressing the aocelerctor pedal simultsnecusly.

11.2.1 Engine Iding- In Cold Weather

‘Avoid full throttle œperation when the engine is cold and prolonged iding at low.
ambert tempereiures. Lang periods of iding may be hermfu to your engine.
Combustion chember temperatures can drop so low that the fuel may not burn
‘completely. Incomplete combustion allows carbon and varnish to form on piston
rings and injector nczzes. Algo, the unburned fuel can enter the crankcase, ding
the ol and osusingrepid wear to the engne.

11.3 Stopping the Engine
‘Your vehicle is powered by a turbo desel engine. Before turning the engne OFF.
aiwaye alow the engr to return to norma ide speed and run for few seconds. This

assures proper coding end lubrication of the turbacherger. This is partiouarly
necessary after any hard driving.

Ah CAUTION

To reduce the risk d personal injury. before turning OFF the engine and leaving
the vehicle always

+ Keep your right fox on the service brake pedal
+ Turn front wheels towards the road curb

+ Switch OFF the igition, tum the key to the steering lock position and remove the.
key

—o—

171. 11.0 M040 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:14 AM
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap ar

le: galos

GD

+ Firmly engage the parking brake

+ Move the gear shift lever to “st. gear position (reverse gear if parking on an
ining)
+ Sony release the service brake pedal

+ Look your vehicle when leaving

114 Exhaust Gases.

Protection against exhaust gas entry into the veholes interior is considered in the
design ofthe exhaust system.

+ Vehicle exhaust oontains Carbon Monde, Carbon Diowide, Ntragen Qudes,
Hycrooarbons and Partioulate Matter. These are potential envirormental and
heath hazards.

+ Avoid inhaling the exhaust gases. Carbon Monoxide is a colorless and odorless
935 and oën cause unconsciousness or even desih.

+ I the exhaust system is damaged for any resson ce you nctioe a change in the
exhaust noise, have the vehicle cheoked by an Authorized Matindrs Desler
immediate,

+ Do not tert the vehicle in a closed garage or in an enclosed area where
ventilation is poor for the exhaust gases

+ Since the engine compartment and exhaust system componerts are hat and can
ignite à fire, do not park or leave the vehicle with the engne ing over dry grass.
leaves, paper. rags or any combustible materia.

À WARNING

"Never keep the engine runing when the vehicle is parked in an area which is.
‘not properly ventlsted This could lead to sericus respiratory problems and/or
dan.

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

11.5 Driving Your Vehicle

11.5.1 General Driving Precautions:

À WARNING

‘Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of accicents
leading to serious persons inury er damage to yeur vehicle

+ Before you drive your veticle please read this manual carefuly
+ When you start driving, verify proper operation ofthe brakes and steering system,

+ If, while driving, you hear any strange noise or feel unusual vibration, cr if you have
“any concems whatsoever, cr f any warning larrps illuminate or buzzers sound,
perk/stop the vehicle in a sefe location as soon as possible. Idertfÿ the cause
‘and take ary necessary remedial action. Contact your Authorized Mahindra
Dealer necessary,

+ Never overload ar improper'y load your vehicle.
* Always be ettenive while driving and follow safe driving practices.
+ Always maintar the recommended inflation pressure in tires

+ Always drive at a safe speed appropriate for given ding conditions. You must
follow the epeec imite.

+ While backing un keep a constart lookout for people, particularly children, or
other obstructions or hazardous meteria that might be present behind the
vehicle.

+ Avoid loading any items on the root that will raise the vehicles center of gravity
‘ard make your vehicle more unstable,

+ Loaded vehicles, with a higher center of gravity, may handle differertiy then
urlosded vehicles. Extra precautions, such as slower speeds and inoressed
stopping distance, should be taken when criving a heavily loaded vehicle.

ma

172. fae soit CONTENT Rer MS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:14 AM

F diemap

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

+ Always slow down in gusty orosswinds. Beosuse cf its profile and higher center of
‘gravy, your vehicle is mare sensitive to side winds than an ordinary passenger
‘oar Sioning down wi slow you to have much better contra

+ When driving offroad or on rugged terrain do not drive at excessive speeds,
jump, make sharp turns, strike objects, eto. This may cause loss of cortrol or
vehicle rolover causing serious injury. You are also risking expensive damage to
your vehicles suspension and chassis,

+ Maintain steering wheel control a al times, especial on rough terrains. Sudden
‘changes in terrain can result in abrupt steering wheel mation. Make sure you grip
the steering wheel from the outside. Oo not grip the spckes

+ Ifthe vehicle goes from one type of surface to another (e.g, from concrete to
gravel/sand/mud/ snow) there wil be a change in the way the vehioe responds,
‘espenialy the way t responds to steering braking and acoelerating pues.

+ Be extremely careful when driving on pavements made slippery by loose send.
water. gravel. snow or ice.

+ If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement, slow don. but id severe
brake or steering application. Ease the vehicle back onto the pavemert only after
‘reducing your speed, Do not turn the steering wheel too sharply while returning to
theroad surface.

# IE may be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road and slow down
gradusly before retuming to the pavernert. You may lose cortral i you do not
slow dann or i you turn the steering whee! too sharply or abruptly.

+ Inn unavoidable emergenay situation where a sudden sharp turn must be made,
turn the stearing wheal only es rapidy and as far as required to avoid the
emergency. Excessive steering wil result in less vehicle cortral, Additional
‘smooth variæiens of the aoceleretcr and/or brake pedal pressure shoud be
ized it changes in vehicle speed are called for. Avoid abrupt steering
‘soceleration or braking which coud result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle
‘contra verle rallover and/or personal injury. Use all available road surfaces to
return the vehole to a safe dresticn c travel,

11

le: galos

am)

11.5.20f Road Driving Precautions

+ When driving offroad or on rugged terrains, never overspeed or make sharp
‘turns, This may ozuse loss of cortrol cr vehicle rollover causing serious Injury.

+ Maintain steering whee! cortrol at al times. Sudden changes in terrain can result
in abrupt steeringwheal mation

+ Do not drive horizortaly or dagonaly soross steep slopes. your vehicle oan tip
over sideways. Drtäng straight up or straight downis preferred.

+ Drive cautiously to avoid veticle damage from conesled objects such as rocks
end etumps. You should ether know the terrain or mep-out your route before
driving inthe ares

+ Always perform à maintenance inspection after each day of oftrosd driving that
has taken you through rough terrain send mud or water,

11.5.3 Driving Through Water.

Although your vetice is capable of driving through shallow water, there are a
number of precautions that must be considered befare ertering the water.

Ah CAUTION

{Never chive through stil water that is higher than the bottom of the ade hubs.
‘Not folowing this instruction will alow water to enter vehicle components.
causing imemal damage to the components, affecting cheats safety,
emissions and reliably.

When driving through water. chive very siowy and at constant speed less than
5 kmph Water waves generated wil be high and may enter ar intake causing
severe engine damage or cause a vehicle to get sale.

You must stow down while driving through shallow water. Speeding may cause
water to splash orto the wineshied. impatring your vin.

Copa année Manara 3042025

173. 11.0 M040
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_F

(b2992)_

Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:14 AM
iF ditamap

+ The ground under the water might not be firm which could result the water being
deeper than expected when driving the vehicle through it.

+ Donc stop or shut OFF the engine while immersedin water: lt helps in preventing
‘water getting inside the exhaust pipes.

+ When backing down a ramp, do not allow the exhaust tall pipe to immerse in
water.

+ Water can wash the grease from wheel bearings, causing rusting and premature
falure, lt may also erter the differentials. transmission and transfer oase-
reducing the oils lutricating qualves. If these are submerged in water, the
lubricants shouldbe replaoed as required.

+ Water entering the transmission wil cause deterioration in shit quality, looking
up of your transmission accompanied by vibration, and ultimately damaging the
transmission.

+ Sand, mud/sludge thet has socumulated in brake drums and around brake ciscs
may &ffect braking efiienoy. This may also damage brake system componerts.
‘Wet brekes oannct stop the vehiole as affective as cry brakes. Drying oan be
improved by ding the vehicle slowy while appiyng ight pressure on the brake
pedal

+ When driving through water, traction or brake capability may be limited. Always
perform a mairtenance inspection after each day of offroad driving that has
taken youthrough water

11.5.4 Flowing Water

IF the water is swift loving and rising (as in storm rune) avoid crossing until the
‘water level recedes and/or the flow rate is reduced

“The flowing water oan erode the streambed osusing your vehicle to sink into deeper
water.

Determine the et port(s) thet are downstream of your ertry point to compensate
for citing

le: galos

aan

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

11.5.5 After Driving Offroad or through Water

Offroad operation puts more stress on your vehicle than does most on-road driving
‘Always perform a maintenance inspection after each day of offroad ceiving that has.
taken you through rough terrain sand. mud or water.

+ After going offroad, itis always à good idea to check for damage. Completely
Inspect the underbody ofthe veticlefor any damages.

+ Check for accumulations of plants or bushes. These coud be a fire hazard. They
might also hide damage to fuel Ines, brake tubes /hoses. eto.

+. Inspeat all the tubes/hoses and check for ary flid leakages
+ Got heat:

hangers [radistor and condenser) cleaned.

+ Check threadec fasteners for looseness. particular on the chassis, drive train
‘components, staering, suspension and brakes. Retighten them, if required, and
torque tothe values speatied in the Repair Manual

À WARNING

Abrasive mater in any part of the brakes may cause excessive wear or
urpredctable braking. You might nct have ful brating power when needed
leading to acoderss. # you have been cperaing the vende in offroad
Condions, get ene brakes checked and cleaned es necessary.

+ If any unusual wbration is experienced. check the wheels for impacted material
Impacted material can cause a wheel imbalance. Get it inspented/corrented as
Soon as possible

+ After ding through deep water, inspest your vehicle fluids and lubricants (engine

ll transmission/trensfer 0ase/axle ole) to ensure the fuids have nat been
contaminated

15

174. fae soit CONTENT Rer MS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:14 AM

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

am

11.8 Tips for Better Fuel Economy

Gye dus consideration to the points listed below for better performance of vehile
‘and enhancemere of fuel eenamy.

+ Smoath, moderate operation san yield savings in fuel
+ Steady speed without stopping will usualy gue the best fuel economy
+ ding or long periods cf tiene may waste fue

+ Antiopate stopping: slowing down may eliminate the need to stop

+ Sudden or hard acosterstions reduce fuel economy

+ Sow down gredualy

+ Drive at maderate speeds

+ Rewingthe engne befereturringit of may reduce fuel escnamy

+ The ar condioner may reduce fuel economy

+ Werming up 8 vehicle on cold morrings is not required and may reduce fuel
economy

+ Wie iding put the gear shit lever inthe neutral postion
+ Resting your foot on the dure pede while diving may reduce fuel economy
+ Combine errands end minimize stopandgo driving

+ Keep tires properly inflated It is recommended to check your tire pressure in the
marina when the bre is acid

+ Use recorrmended engine ol. Refer to the Meintenanoe Section for speaticetions
end cepeaties

+ Replace the fuel fier and air filer at the recommended intervals

+ Shift gears æ the recommended speeds and rpm bands only Refer to the gear
shiting speed table for further detals

ns

+ Control the maximum speed between 80 to 100 kmph in 5° gear to achieve the
best fuel eficienay

+ Folow the recommended maintenance schedule and perform the camer
maintenance checks recommended

+ Heasiyloadng avahicle or towing a trailer will reduce fuel economy
+ Carrying unnecessary weight may reduce fuel economy
+ Adding certain accessories to your vehicle may reduce fuel eoonomy

+ Fouwheetdiwe cperation (1 equipped) is less fuel efficient than twowheetcrive
Operation

+ Driving on fat terrains offer improved fuel economy 8s compared to driving on
hil terrains

+ Close windows during high speed driving for better fuel economy
+ Ibis recommended to refuelin the mornings (cold weather condition)

11.8.1 How to Calculate Fuel Etficioncy(Mileage)
Ensurerecomriendedtire pressure is maintained

fuel your veride til the fuel gun at the fuel stationis autooue-cff
Reset trip meter to zero

Drive st amaderate speed for a minimum distance of 100 km
Refuel at the same uel station til the autoaut-ff made

Assuming ‘a Ikens of fuel was filed and 1 was the trip meter reading Fuel
Effienoy = b/s kmpl

pu son

—$—

175. fie soit CONTENT br NUS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:14 AM

F diemap

11.7 Ignition Switch (if equipped)

‘An iluminator ring is provided on the face ofthe igntion switch to help in locating the
ignition suitoh at right. Me ring wi iluminate the moment the driver door is opened.
‘and will remain glowing tl the driver door is closed.

“The different positions af theigriti switch are:

LOCK - This is the ignition and steering lock position The vehicle circuits and engine
is completely switched OFF. The steering wheel is also looked end the key can be
removed from the ignition only inthis postion.

ACC - The steering is unlooked and can be rotted. In this position al electrical
raute are enabled. Use this mode when you want to listen to music, eta, with the
engne temporarily suntahed OFF,

ON - All electric cirouits are enabled. Some of the warring or information lames
iluminate in this position. While some of the lamps will go out after a few seconds.
Some will continue to remain ON til the engine is started. When the vehicle is being
ven, igeition switch remains in the ON postion.

1761)

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

ANOTICE

Do not leave the ignition in ON when the engne is OFF. This could lead to
bazery chain andigniion switch damage.

START - This positon is to start the engine by cranking the starter motor. Ths is a

momertery position. When the key is turned to start position, the starter cranks the

engine. Once the engine is runring release the key, and the key reverts back to ON

postion andthe starter motor dsengages from the engine.

Ah CAUTION

Do not continue cranking after the engine has started. This wil lead to damage
ofthe starter ard other engine components.

A NOTICE

Hturning the key is dieu jiggle the steering wheel from side to side and try
agan

The key can be removed only in the LOCK postion When the key is removed.
the steering cour lock is activated and the steering wheel carnes be tumed.

À WARNING

¡Never return the key to the LOCK position or try to remove the key. when the
vehicle is in maton Removing the key allows the steering whee! to look You wall
loose the control of the vehicle and may cause serious accidert, Remove the
Key only when the vehicle is pared

11.8 Transmission

‘The first few shifts on a new vehicle may be somewhat rough. This is a normal
pheramenon and precision shits wil develop within the intial few hundred
kilometers of running.

176. fee 11.0 M040
Mas

(b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:14 AM
P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

118.1 Gear Lever

Your vehicle is fited with manual transmission having six forward and one reverse
‚gesr. This shift pattern is imprinted on the gesr lever knob, The transmission is fully
‘synchronised in all foward gears so shifting to ether a higher or a lower gear is
easiy scoompished. The clutch pedal should be depressed fully while shifting. and
then releases slowly.

11.82 Gear Indicator

‘The ourrere goer lever position is indicated in the certre of the speedometer dal

ns

le: galos

11.83 Neutral Postion

‘This postion stops the transmission of power from the engne to drive axe. With the
gear lever in neutral and brakes released the vehicle can move free by pushing or
‘towing. The engine can be started in this mode. is always recommended to keep
the brake pedal depressed in this position. It is scisable to shit into neutral when
the vehicle is stendst for longer durations with the engine ding.

AX WARNING

Coasting the vehile with the gear lever in neural and engine ON/OFF is not
recommended in an event of pario braking, you will nos have the power of
engine braking to Slow down the vehicle, This may lead to personal inury or
gone,

A CAUTION
(Do net leave the vehicle wth the gear ever in neutral posiion Always engage

manual parking brake before leaving the vehicle to prevent ay vehicle
movement fesdingto possible injury to a bystander or damage toveticte.

Copa année Manara 3042025

177. 11.0 M040 (b2992)
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:14 AM Fi

GD

11.84 Gears 18

Use the gears 1 to 6 as per vehicle load, road/tratic conditions or as per
"requirement, The current gear selection is indicated in the ouster,

Ah CAUTION

Ans depress the ooh ful before moving the gear lever from the current.
positon to ary desired postion Perform upahits or dowmshis one gear ata
me donot ump gears

11.85 Recommended Gear Shifting Speeds

Upshiting
12 20-29
ES E
= 28 1800-2200)
a6 EE
52 5-0
Ah CAUTION

Shift gears & sutable engne or road speeds to safeguard the transmission
‘components. Avoid diving in high FPMS 3000 APM.

AX WARNING

When parking on an incline gear alone may not be suficient to prevent the
vehicle from moving Always set the manual parking brake in addition to shifting
the ges lever into gear. I is aso recommended to tum the front wheels
toward the road curb

an

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

11.86 Reverse

‘This gear is to enable the vehicle to move in the reverse drection. Move the gear
lever into this postion only after the vehicle has come to a complete stop and the
‘gear lever isin neutral postion.

“The reverse lock ring located immediately below the gear shift knob must be pulled
upward we moving the shift lever to the reverse (A) position.

As CAUTION

To avai transmission damage shift into or out of reverse gear onÿ after the
vehicle has come to a complete stop and the engine is at ide speed ti
recommended you watt approximately for three seconds in neutral gear before

shitting into or as of reverse gear

ANOTICE
For brief stops, eg. & trafic lights, keep the gear shift in neutral and hold the

vehicle with the brake pedal For prolonged stops. tis recommended to switch
GFF the engine and apply she parking brake. When stopping the vehicle on an

me

178. fae soit CONTENT Rer MS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:14 AM

F diemap

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

le: galos

am

uphill gradient, do not hold with she ausch/acoelerator: use the brake to aval
unnecessary ouch wear/heat bull.

À WARNING
Do not leave ohicren unattended in the vehicle or wth access to an uriooked
vehicle Chien could move te gear lever, Pie could res in an again or
sercus muy.

À WARNING

On sippery/wet road surfaces, never downshift in order to obtain braking
action. This could resut in a wheel sip andreduced vehicle contra.

14.8.7 Uphill and Dawnill Driving

To prevent the engine from laboring at a low RPM when driving uphill gradients or

ven your vehicle heavy loaded, downshift when necessary to maintain engine APM

within the best torque range. Simierly while driving dam, downshit to utize the

engre braking in an optimum manner.

11.8 Engine Idling

‘The idle speed is cortrolled automaticaly and it will decrease as the engine warms
we

Observe the al warring lamps are OFF when the engines running.
Attariding for afew seconds, flow the below steps to deve away:
1. Release the paring brake

2. Depress the oltoh

3. Shit the gear laver to ist gear

1140

4. Release the se-vioe brake pada

5. Onve by releasing the clutch and depressing the acaeleretor pedal
simuteneous.

11.8.1 Engine Iding- In Cold Weather

‘Avoid ful throttle operation when the engine is cold and prolonged ding st low
ambert temperatures. Long periods of iding may be hermfu to your engine.
Combustion chamber temperatures can drop so low that the fuel may not bum
completay. Incamplete combustion allows carbon and varnish to farm an piston
rings and injestor nezzes. Algo, the unburned fuel can enter the crankoase, ding,
the ol end causingrepid wear to the engne.

‘You must fuel this vehiole with Ultra Low Sufur Diesel, Foe smacth funstioning and
reliable operation ofthe engine during cold westher conditions. use winter desel for
refueling whon is available & filing stations during winter marth, Check wth your
{ual retaler for detal,

‘The recommended engine ooolent mature will work fine til ambiert tempertures do
not drop below 32°C epprax For ensuring above performance, iis a must that you
se only recommended engine oct.

179. fie soit CONTENT br NUS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:15 AM

F diemap

11.10 All Wheel Drive (AWD) Operation (if equipped)

In an AWD vehicle, power is transmitted to al the wheels. This is managed by the
AWD System which irteligent transfers torque to al four wheels. AWD system.
indudes electromagnetioaly operated clutch wich is controled by an ECU.
‘According to the driving condtions this system autometicaly deivers torque to the
rear vneels

11101 AWD System

AID system is avaleble in bno operating positions vz, AUTO mode and AWD LOCK
mode.

(Once the ignition key is turned ON, AWD system by defaut turns into ALTO mode. In
AUTO made, whenever a slippage is detected inte FRONT wheels (sippery surfaces
Ike ioy roads. wet surfaces, eta. the torque is transferred to the REAR wheels bythe
AWD system.

le: galos

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

11.102 AWD Lock

AWD LOCK button is located on the certral bezel switch bark, The LED on the
‘switoh turns ON when the AWD Look is extivted. In this mode fixed amount of
torqueis transfenedta the rear wheals irrespective ofthe arwing condition.

Ah CAUTION

AWD vehictes have to be towed only wit the rear wheels ted off the around
for on all four wheel. If vehicle needs to be towed by ing the front wheels,
then the propeler shaft needs to be disconnected in order to protest the
coup

‘The AWD warring lamp in the cluster iluminetes when there is a
‘mafunationin the AWD system.

11.11 Electronic Stability Program (ESP) [if equipped)

This system enhances drectional control and stabiity ofthe vehicle under various
ring conditions, The ESP corrects for over steering ard under steering behavior of
the vehicle by eppiying the brake of the appropriate wheel automaticaly. Engine
poner may also be reduced to assist in courteracting the condition cf oversteer cr
understeer and help the veticle maintain the desired path.

ESP uses steering angle sensors and YAW rate sensor to determine the path that
the crwer intends to steer the vehicle and compares ib to the actual peth of the
vehicle. When the eotual path does not matoh the intended path. the ESP applies the
breke of the apprcpriste wheel to assist in counteracting the condition of aversteer
or understeer:

Oversteer - wher the vehicle is turning more than appropriate for the steering
whee! position

ant

180. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:15 AM Fi
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

Understeer - when the vetidle is tunning less than appropriste for the steering
‘whee! postion

À WARNING

‘The ESP cannot prevent the natural laws of physics fram acting on the vehicle.
or can i increase the traction afforded by prevaiing road conditions. The ESP
cannot prevent accidents, including those resuling from excessive speed in
tums, ing on very slippery surfaces, or hydroplaning Uny a safe, attentive,
anid skilful river can prevent acciderts. The capabities of an ESP equipped
Vehicle must never be expioted in a reckless or dangerous manner that coud
jeopardize the users safety or the safety of others.

1.91.1 ESP ON

Whenever the vehicle is started, the ESP system vill be in active mode This mode
should be used fer most diving conditions.

AR NOTICE

When the ESP is operating you can fee! a sight pusation inthe vehicle. This is
only the effec of brake cortrol andincicates nothing unusual

When moving out of the mud or sippery road. accelerator response may be
afferent because ESP system controls the engine rpm to come out this
Slippery road condition. This is normal

When the ESP is in operation, ESP indoator lamp binks in the
instrumert oluster

ana

as

11.112 ESP OFF

In some driving condtions, to maximise traction, IE may be beneficial to deactivate
ES.

Such conditions are;
+ Tostertindesp snow or on loose surface
+ Driving in deep sand

+ Driving through deep mud eto.

Press ESP OFF burton again to activate ESP function.

A NOTICE
Mahingra recommende thet ESP be operationain al normal ching conditions.

To dexctiveta ESP, press ESP OFF button on the central bezel
sswtich bank. Onoe ESP OFF mode is selected, a warring indostor
¡luminates inthe instrument ouster.

181. fie soit CONTENT br NUS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:15 AM

F diemap

le: galos

as)

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

When ESP is in OFF mode, other functions lite HHG (Hi Hold Control) HEA
(Hydraulic Brake Assist), HOC (Hill Descerk Contra), DTC (Drag Torque
Control). ROM (Fell Over Mitigebon] u be in working mode.

However for safety reasons, # the ESP system detects that the vehicle is going
ino a unstable condition, ESP will be automaticaly activated on depressing the
brake pedal

ESP. ty default, wll be nV condition for every ignition cycle

©

11.12 Hill Descent Control (HOC) [if equipped)

I the ESP indiostor blinks while driving it indostes that ESP is
working. If ths indicator iluminates cortinuously. it indostes a
‘maflunction in the ESP system. Orie carefully to the necrest
‘Authorized Matindra Dealer and get the ESP system checked

Assists the driver to descend a steep hill (max 50% inalination) by means of brake
intervention Imtingthe vehicle speed is without driver's input

During HOC i the whee! slip becomes excessive, ABS willbe activated automaticaly,

HOC is a user intended function. To sotivate press HOC button on the central bezel
sswiteh bank The LEO cn the button iluminetes indosting the status. Press the
button again to desotivete HOC.

During descent 1 the vehicle speed is more then the reted speeds [refer
recommended shift speeds}. HOC (f selected) automaticaly operates the brakes to
slow the vehicle and maintain a speed relative to the Selected gear and the
‘accelerator pedal postion.

HOC will also work in neutral gesr, and maintains the vehicle roling speed by
‘operating brakes automatically HOC wil deactivate automatically. f the veticle
‘speed is more than 45 kmph

While HOC is cortrdling the vehicle speed, descent: speeds can be varied using
ruse cortral suitohes moureed on the steering whee.

To decrease speed, press and hold "SET." button. The vehicle speed at the point of
Suitoh release wil sesame the new dasoert speed

To increase, press ard hold “SET +" button, The vehicle speed at the point of switah
release wil becorre the new descert speed. Alternatively, descent speeds oan be
‘adusted by tapping the "SET _" or "SET +" buttons. Esch press cf the button will
‘adjust the speed by appraximately OS kmph

AA NOTICE

The descent speed increases ony if the gradient is suffcenty steep to cause
the vehicle to accelerate as the braking effect is reduced. On e shalow siope.
pressing the "SET +" button may resut in no speedinerease,

If the brake peda is depressed when HOC is active. HOC is overridden and the
brekes wil perform as normal (a pulsetion might be fet through the brake padal If
the brake pedal is then released, HOC vall recommence operating if necessary

HOC system montors the brake temperature continucusl. IF brake applioation is
continuous and brake temperatures ave too high, HOC deactivates automaticaly

as

182. Fw MO40 (02992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:16 AM File: VXUV_DIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

This is to ensure that the breke pads are not worn due to continuous brake
application.

11.13 Hill Hold Control (HHC] [if equipped)

Hil Hold Contral with acceleration sensor identifies gradients and holds the vehicle
for about three to four seconds after the brakes have been released in order to
prevent the vehicle fram socidentaly rang beohwards during abil tart,

Imagne à sivuction where your vehicle is stopped on an uphil ingle If you release
the brake while moving eff, there are chanaes ther your vehicle may roll back HC.
Maps in such situations by holding the vehicle from rolling back.

AR NOTICE

HC operation cannot be intervened For HC to work, clutch pedal must be in
fullypressed condition and gear engaged

11.14 Cruise Control

Cruise cortrol allows you to maintain a set speed without the need to keep your foot
(on the accelerator pedal it should be used for cruising on straight. open highway,
Never use it for city drwving.inalines. vinding roads, slippery roads, heavy rain or in
bed weather sondtions.

It works on the closed loop system principle to maintain the set speed of the vehicle

the system contra the fuel injention cf the engine in order to meirtein the set
speed,

ana

an

8 Grisso o

Cruise control enhances your comfort while ving and allows you to effortlessly
‘maintain the desired lene speed mit Improper use of the cruise contra! can lead to
‘an accident.

Copa année Manara 3042025

183. fie soit CONTENT br NUS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:15 AM

F diemap

GD

ANOTICE

Grise control is designed to gperate above a vehicle speed cf 20 kmph for al
gears except Tst and reverse gears. The cruise lamp in the instrument cluster
Functions only the cruise controls active.

(Cruise control will function only under the following conditions;

‘+The vehicle is cruising above 20 krrph.

+ Engine RPM above 1200 RPM.

+ Veriole is in any geer except 1% and reverse.

+ Clon pede released

+ Brake pedsl released,

+ Cruises activated first time in an ignition oyole by SET+ /SET- button

+ Subsequert cruise engagements can be done by FESUME SET+ /SET- buttons in
the sameigrition cle.

Cruise control is deactivated under the following conditions;
‘+ CBLISEGFF button is pressed
+ Brake or clutch pedal depressed.

# he vehicle speed emeeds the cruise set speed by 30 kmph by ancelerctor
pedalintervention.

+ ehe speed is increased by 10 kmph for more than 30 seo. by pressing the
docelerstar pedal

+ When Set+/Set- switch is pressed for more than 12 seo. In this case vehicle wi
not go into cruise mode in thet ignition oyole. In order to restore the cruise
function switch OFF the ignition wait for 30 seo. and switch ON the ignition)

+ Cruise influencing error indicated by Check Engine Lamp, OBD lamp, et.

le: galos

as)

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

11.14.1 Cruise Control Activation

(Dre the vehicle to the desired cruising speed (ary value greater than 20 kmph}
press and hold the SET + button urell the cruise lamp in the instrumere cluster
urinates.

If cruise is desotivate (eg, by depressing brake to handle an intervention in the road
eto.) in current driving oydle, resctivate the Cruse to the last active Cruise Speed by
pressing the RESUVE button,

Cruise control may nat hold the set speed when you are going up or down hills, and
the vehiole may come out of cruise cortrol. Mis is indicated by the cruise lamp going
OFF inthe instrument cluster.

11.142 Cruise Control Deactivation

You Den cancel ar.ise cortrolin any ofthe following ways:

Press the CRUISE OFF buaton in the steering wheat

+ Press the brake ped.

+ Gex selector movedinto neutral.

+ HOG or ESP becomes active:

11.143 SET+ Button

SET+ button is used to activate cruise contral and lso to increase the cruise set
speed,

To inoreace the speed in very small amourts, press the SET+ button, Each time you
press, the cruise set speed ingreses by about 2 kmph When you wish to
‘continuously inorease the cruising speed, press and hold the SET + button and
release when the cesired speed is reached.

as

184. 11.0 M040 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:15 AM
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

11.144 SET: Button

To deorease the speed in small amourts, press the SET - button, Each time you
press, the cruise set speed deoresses by about 2 kph.

‘When you wish to corkinuously decrease the orusing speed. press and hold the SET-
button, When the desired speed is reached, release the button.

AS CAUTION

IF switch is pressed for more than 12 secs, the switch is assumed to be
‘mattunctioning end the cruise functionality ceases to function in that ignition
cycle. Toresume functional ignidon has to togged

AX WARNING
The cruise control is a convenience system designed to assist the chiver during

vehole eperstien. The driver must at all times remain alert of road/wrafio
conditions and responsible forthe vehicle brake operation / steering corral

AX WARNING

Never activate cruise control in trafic or when chien in adverse road
conditions (heay rains, windy slippery etc)

111.145 RESUME Button

With the help of RESUME. you can opt for the previous set cruising speed of the
venilein the same igntion ayola. This is bast explained wth the fllovang example:

1. Assume, you have activated cruise mode and set the vehicle speed & 50
koh

2. Due to an obstacle or a sharp turn you have deectiated the cruise mode
‘ether by pressing the brake pedal or by swiching OFF the CRUISE cortrol

1116

—$—

as

3. Vehicle comes out of the cruise mode.

4. When the road condtion is suitable to swilch over back to cruise control
made, press RESUME button once. The system sotivetes the cruise control
mode to the previous cruising speed of 50 kmph.

5. To resume the previous cruise set speed, the vehicle speed should be above:
20 kph

11.148 Override Function
‘Tis function enables user to ramp up the cruising speedto overtake front vehicle,
‘The cruising speed can be increased by using sncelerstor pedal User has to

complete this action within 30 seconds, to mairtain the cruise mode. I user exceed
the SO seconds imi, cruise mode wil be desctvated,

11.18 Stop/Start System (if equipped)

Stop/Sart system axtomatically "stops" and "starts" the engine when ide at signals
or long trafic jams, This in turn gives a better fuel efficiency. Stop/Start system is

185. 11.0 M040 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:15 AM
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap (1961)

activated by the “Stop/Start” button in the central bezel switch bank The LED on the
button indostes the status of the button
11.151 How Does the Stop/Start System Work?

Lets take a simple example of driving in trafo conditions within your city. Assume
thet your veticle has stopped ar a trafo junction due to a red signal. The fllowing
steps ilustrete how the system functions.

+ The vehicle has come to a halt at a trafic signal, is in the neutral gear and the
luto pedal is released

+ The Stop/Statt’ lamp in the cluster val nk indiosting that the engine is gang to
stop sheet, The engne will shut dawn automaboaly efter a speci time pericd

+ The “8op/Start” lamp wil ilumine in the instrument cluster indicating the
engine was stopped by the Stop/ Start System

+ Once the signal turns green, press the clutch pedal and the engine starts
immedavely

+ The indostor in the cluster goes OFF indiosting thet the engine has started agan
end you are ready to drive on

For auto stop to happen the follawing conditions are to be met
+ Stop/Start System is activated using the Stap/Start button
+ Bonnet is fully closed

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

+ Inthe ourrertigition oye. the vehicle has crossed 2 kmph at least once
+ Current status of the engine is icing

+ Vehicle speedis zero

+ Aacalenstorpecal and ah pede are fly released

+ Vehicle battery shoud be in heathy condition

+ Engine is warm (Engine coolant temperature is between 25 °C and 100 °C). This
is en extra precaution to ensure safe workng of the engine

+ Fuel temperature is less than 60°C.
+ Geer in nexeral

For auto start to happen the following conditions are to be met.

+ Vehicle should Fave been stopped bythe Stop/Start System

+ Geer lever is inthe neutral position. Clutch pedalis fuly depressed
+ Vehicle speedis zero

+ Stop/Stsrt System isin active state

+ Bonnet shoud ke closed

117

186. Fw MO40 (02992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:16 AM File: VXUV_DIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap as)

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

11.18.2 Overview of the Stop/Start System

© e e
La

sora |T suchte | | netease tne | | Emine sos
cia || reas | | ete

=)

wr)
Clearance of | [press the Engine Cluster Start to
Signal/iam | | cluteh Pedat | | Restarts | lidication-orr| | one

11.183 Frequently Asked Questions (FAG) ‘depend upon various parameters such as prevaling trafo, drving patterns,
eo

1. What isthe advantage of the system?

‘The Stop/ Bart System aids in ettairing better fuel eficienoy on your vehicle
nd thus redusing your ruming costs. However, the mileage improvement val

2. What are the other advartages ofthe system?

11418 Copa année Mar 3042025

187. 11.0 M040
MAP_WoWs_CONTENT REF_MAP E

(b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:15 AM

F diemap

+ Since the engine is switched off during trafic sigas jams, considerable
amourt of CD release to the atmosphere is avoided This reduces gobs
‘warming and thus provides us with a cleaner atmosphere to live

+ Abily to start the engine by pressing the clutch pedal
+ Reduces noise pollution at trafic signals
ls possible to start the engne through the clutch pedal forthe first time?

No. the engine oan be cranked ori with the igntion key forthe first time. If the
engne is stopped sutematicaly by the system, only then iis possible to start
the enge through clutch pedal

How to activate/ desctivate the system?

‘The system is activated by defaut during every ignition ojo. The LED
indieation on the SLcp/Start switch indicates the status of the system The
System oan be turned OFF ar back ON using the Stop/ Start sun.

Whether the system wil get activated as soon as the engine is started the
first tine vath the ignition key?

o, the Stap/Stert system can be activated only by the Step/Start switah.
provided al listed condtions (in the previous section) are met. This is to
ensure better performance cf the engne in terms of fuel economy and
‘urabity,

|. What is to be done. if | dorit want the system to stop my engine at trafo.
signals/Jams?

‘The system oan be turned OFF by the Stop/Start button in the oertrsl bezel
Switch bark,

Whether the A/C wil function, f the engine is swtched off?

No. the A/C wil net werk. However the blower val be in operation when the
ignition is ON.

le: galos

A.

12

12,

14,

15,

138,1)

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

‘What wil happen i | keep the olitch cortinucusly pressed at trafio signas/
jams?

“The system il not stop the engine ifthe clutch is cortinuously pressed since
it indicates the drivers intention of maxing the vehicle immediately.

‘When the bettery charge is iow, whether the engine will be switched off?

It the battery charge drops below a certain threshold evel, the system vill not
stop the engne so as to preserve the battery from further draining,

‘Whether | wil be able to operate the engine with the normal ignition key?
Yes, normal operation with the ignition key is ways possible.
‘Whether the vehicle wll start (or) stop in gear?

“The vehicle wil not start or stop automaticaly in gear to ensure safety. It wil
do so only inthe neutral position ofthe gear lever

‘Whether the system wll stop my engine in moving trafic?
No the engine wil be stopped only when the vehicle speed is zero
‘Whether the sudo system willbe switched OFF. when the engine shuts down?

¡Na the audi system wil nat be switched OFF and you oan continue to enjoy
the mu.

‘Whether the engne will re-orark whenever the olutch pedis pressed?
No. when the engine is runring, the starter motor wil not attempt to recrank.
If any component invelvedin the system fais, what will happen?

“The system has a builtin dagnostio module which understands the iure end
immedately goes to bypass made, In the bypass made the engne os be
‘tumed ON and OFF by igrtion key as usual.

as

188. 11.0 M040 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:15 AM
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

le: galos

an

1148 Fuel

Use only commercially available vericular Utrelow Sulfur Highway Diesel that meets
the BIS standard (Corforming to IS 14802010 BSV/BSII spedfication or
equivalent. Information on desel qusity can normally be found in the fuel pump.
Please contac ling station personnel in case labels in the pump cannct be found.

Ah CAUTION

Do not fil the fuel tank or mix the fuel with gascine alcohol based fuels,
Kerosene etc. This wil damage the engine fuel and exhaust system
‘components,

IF you have accidental filed the fuel tank with incorrect or nor-approved fuel.
cb not start the vehicle. Contact an Authorized Mahindra Dealer to have the
fuel system crained completely.

111.98.1 Fueling during Winter
(uring freazing westher if fuel is nat wirterizad or is insuficienty winterized, waring/

‚geling may startin fuel leading to interruption in fuel supp to engine. For smooth
funtoning and reliable operation of the engine during cold weather conditions, use

1120

winterized ULSD whch are avaleble at the fing stations during wirter months.
Check with your fuel retaler for further details

Ah CAUTION

Avid inhaing fuel vapors and any skin or clothing contact. Direct skin contact
lth diesel or the inhalation of fuel vapor may affect your heath

À WARNING

Diese! is high flammable and poisonous. le bums violently end can cause
‘serious injury. Never allow sparks, flames cr smoking materials near desel
Turn OFF the engne before refueing Whenever you are around desel
extinguish al song materias.

11.182 Minimum Fuel Requirement
It is recommended mairtaining a minimum of 10 titers of fuel in the fuel tank Driving

the vehicle till the fuel tank is empty is nct recommended. Always have sufficient fuel
inthe tank. Check the fue level price to starting your journey.

A CAUTION

‘Never carry fue in separate containers in the vehicle it is dangerous and may
lead to inacvertert fue leak or spilage,

189. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:15 AM Fi
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

190.1)

D STARTING AND DRIVING THE VEHICLE

11.163 FuebLid Opening and Closing

hh CAUTION
“The remote fueHid an be opened by gertly pressing the fuel lid button (adjacent to FR LR DR as PR eS ae eee:
the head iamp leveling suo) onthe instrument panel driver side.
11.184 Mechanical Overrido for Fuel Lid Opening
AR NOTICE

Fuel filer Id cannot be released when the vehicle speeds mere than 20 kmph

Fuel filer id operation is Imited to 8 mes / minute Avcid unnecessary usage
of fue filer id button.

‘Tum the fuel osp courterclockwise to open Refusl end put the cap back in ts place
and tighten in the clackvse drection till three distinct Gicks are heard Close the fuel
lig shut.

In the unlikely even: of remate switch not opening the fuel id. a mechsrioal over ride
release is provided It is located in the luggage compartment LH tam area behind
the third row seats Tum the knob articlackuise to open the fuel id,

(© Cony Mir & Make Li 042012 mer

190. P 11.0 M040 (02992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:16 AM File: YXUV_DITA;
MAP WWe_CONTENT REF_MAP_POF.dtamap =6— asi)

191. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:16 AM File: \'XUV_DIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap a1)

D WHEELS AND TYRES:
12 WHEELS AND TYRES 12.2 Tyre Rating
424 Tire Information Your vehicle is originally equipped with tyres supplied by a reputsble manufacturer. If

you ever have any questions regerding your tyres, please refer to literature supplied
by the tyre menufecturer. or to the separate tyre warranty provided by the tyre
manufacturer. You my also contact Mahindra drecth ce the tyre marufacturer.
‘The tyre rating of MIVS0O is:

+ 299/6517 1044

‘Tyre ratingis explained as below.

235,65, ‚R, 17, 104,H,

A| RADALT WEES RESALE
» Neussonnenme

© Tresze ®
D our

E reo wen

(© Cony Mir & Make Li 042012 124

192. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:16 AM Fi
W6We_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

WHEELS AND TYRES

Tyre size (example: 235/65 R17 104H)

Callout {A} 235 (Thrae-digit number} This rurber gives the width in milimeters of
the tyre from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. This is called as “Section Width

Callout (8): 85 (Two-digit number}: This number, known as the aspect ratio, gives
the tyres ratio of height to section width.

Callout (CR: This is the Tyre Construction Code. The “A” stands for Racial.

Callout (D}17 (Two-digit number]: This number is the wheel or rim diameter in
inches,

Callout (E)-104 (Two or three digit number): This number is the tyres load inde It
is a messurernert of how much weight each bye can support.

Callout (FH: Tyre speed rating or speed syrrbal Never dive the vehicle faster than
the tyre speed rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tyre is

designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of
load endinflation pressure.

122.1 Speed Rating

L 120 i 180
m 130 u 200
n 140 4 210
Ê 10 v 240
a 160 w 270

122

galos

170
s 160,

12.3 Tyre Label (Vehicle Placard]

193. fie soit CONTENT br NUS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:16 AM

F diemap

GD

‘Tyre Label (Vehicle Plaosrd) is loosted on the driver side inner B-pller, This placard.
tails you important information about tyre size designed for your vehicle, and the tyre
inflation pressures for the front & rear tyres,

TRE Passe R17
Front 22/32/20
REAR 20/22/20
AX WARNING

‘Never overload your vehicle Overioading can cause tyre falure. affect vehicle
‘handling and increase your stepping distance, resuling in an acoicent and/or
Serious personal inury.

Improper irfisted tyres can achersely affect vehicle handing or can fail
unexpectedly, resuting in an avoidere and/or serious personal nur

le: galos

an

WHEELS AND TYRES:

12.4 Tire Pressure

Proper tire irltion pressure is essertia to the safe and satisfactory operation of
your vehicle. Three primary areas are effected by improper tire pressure:

+ Ste
+ Economy
+ ide Comfort and Vehicle Srabilly

Proper tire inflation contributes to a comfortable and safe ride. Overirfiting
produces a jarring and uncomfortable ride. Bath underirlation and overiefation
úffect the stabiltyof the vehicle and osn produce à feeling of sluggish response cr
‘over responsiveness in the steering Unequal ire pressures can cause erratio and
Lurpredictable steering response or may osuse the veticleto dif left or nat.

Improper inflation pressures can cause uneven wear patterns to develop across the
tire treed. These abnormal wear patterns will recuos tread fe resuting in a need for
earlier tire replacement. Under inflation also increases tire roling resistance and
results in higher fus consumption.

ANOTICE

The proper cold tre inflation pressure is listed in the Tire Label (Vehicle
Placard) located on the rar passenger side inner Epler.

124.1 Inspection and Adjustment Procedure

‘The üre pressure should be checked and adjusted, as well as inspected for signs of
tire wear or visible damage, at least once a month. Use a good qualty pressure
‘gauge to check tire pressure. Do nat meke a visual judgement when determining
proper irfision. Redal tires may look proper inflated even when they are
Lnderinlated, At the same time, esch bre shoud be inspected for signs of tire weer
or sible damage.

128

194. fae soit CONTENT Rer MS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:16 AM

F diemap

WHEELS AND TYRES

Inflation pressures specified on the placard sre always cold tire inflation pressures,
Cold tie infision pressure is defined es the tine pressure after the vehicle has not
been driven for a least three hours, or dnven less than 1 km after a threehour
Period. Check tire pressures more often if subject to a wide range of ourdoor
temperatures, as tire pressures very with temperature changes, Tire pressures
change by eppraometely 1 psi (7 KPe] per 7°C cf air temperæure change. Keep this
in mind when checking tire pressure inside a garage, especialy inthe winter.

When it was new, the spare tire in your vehicle was fuly inflated. However, a spare
tire can lose pressure over time. In order to avoid being stranded, check the spare
tire ar pressure frequently.

1242 Inflating Your Tires.

Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are propery inflated.
Remember that a tire oan lose up to half of ts ar pressure without appesring fat

At least once a month or before long trips. inspect each tire and oheok the tire
pressure with atire gauge (including spare tire) Inflate al tires to the recommended
inflaton pressure.

A WARNING

Underinfaton is the most common cause of tre faites and may result in
Severe tre cracking, tread separation or “blow with unexpected loss of
vehicle control and increased risk of inury. Underinflavon increases sidewall
flexing and roling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to
the tre it also may resut in unnecessary tire stress, imegular wear. joss of
vehicle control and accidents,

Always inflate your tires to the resammended pressure even if it is less than the
madmum irfltion pressure information found on the tire. The recommended tire
inflaton pressure is found on the Tire Label which is located on the frore passenger
side inner B-pilar. Failure to follow the tre pressure recommendations ven cause
uneven tread wear patterns and adversely effect the way your vehicle handes,

124

le: galos

1951)

D
A NOTICE

If you ouerfl the tive release air by pushing the metal stem in the center of the
valve Then recheck the pressure.

À WARNING

Alter inspecting or adusting the tire pressure always reinstal the vaive stem
Cap (f equipped) This ual prevent moisture and dirt from entering the vave
‘stem which could damage the stem resuting in an unexpected loss cf tre
pressure, an accident and/or persona injury.

1243 Radial Ph Tres

À WARNING

Combiring radia ply tres with other types of tires on your vehicle wil cause
your vehicle to handle poorly, resuting in an accident and/or persona inury
“Always use radal res in sets of four. Never combine them with cther pes of
tres

(Guts and punctures in radal tres are repairable only n the tread ares because
of sidewall flexing. Tonsuit your authorized dealer for radial tire repars.

12.44 Tread Wear Indicators (TW)
‘Tread weas indicators are molded into the bottom of the tread grooves. They will

appear as bands when the tread depth becomes 1/18 inoh [2 mm}. When the
indicators appear in wo or more adjacert grooves. the tire shouldbe replaced.

Ah CAUTION

‘Avoid abrupt mareuvering and trating, This can cause tire deterioration and
ead to oss of steering or braking orerol.

195. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:16 AM File: \'XUV_DIT/
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

GD

1245 Lite of Tire

‘The service life of a tive is dependent upon various factors including but not limited
w

+ Driving style
+ Tire pressure

+ Distance oven
AX WARNING

Tres and the spare tire should be replaced after six years. regarcless of the
remaining treed. Falure to fotow this waming can resul: in sudden and
unexpected tre failure leading to an accident and/or personal inury

ANOTICE

Keep dismounted tires in a cook dry place with as Ile exposure to ight es.
possible Protect tres from contact with ei grease and fuels,

À WARNING

(Do not use are. whee! size or speed rating other than that spectied for your
vehicle on the tire placard Combinations of unapproved tires and wheels may
change suspension geometric and performance characteristics, resulting in
changes to steering, handing and brating of your vehicle This can cause
unpredietatie handing stress to steering and suspension components. You
could lose central of the vehicle or the tre can unexpected fal, resuting in an
‘acoiient and/or personal iniuy.

ANOTICE

Fepiacing orignal tres with tres of a diferent size may resut in false
‘speedometer and odemeser readings.

196,1)

WHEELS AND TYRES
1246 Snow Chains

Snow cheins cannot be used an these tires

À WARNING

In case of harsh winter dung conditions. tis recommended using winter tres
wth the same speetfiostions for better stably, safety and performance.

12.5 Tire Rotation Recommendations
Type 1 -Applicable for all 5 Steel / 5 Alay wheels

if

Tires on the front snd rear axles of vehicles operate at diferert loads and perform
different steering. handling and braking functions, Fer these reasons, they wear at
‘unequal rates and develop irregdar wear pattems.

Rotation wil inorease tread Ife, help to mairtain mud. snow, and wet traction level,

and corenbute to a smocth quiet ride. Folow the recommended tire rotation
frequency for your pe of driving.

125

196. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:16 AM
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

WHEELS AND TYRES

Type 2 - Applicable for 4 Alloy wheels and Spare wheel with Steel rim
Its recommended rotating the tires as per the "Mairtenanse Sohedue".
‘The suggested rotation method is the “torwerdoross" shown in the dagram. The

benefits of rotation are especialy worthwhile wath aggressive tread designs such as
those on On/Oitroad type tires,

Rotation wil increase tread life, help to maintain mud. snow, and wet traction levels,
‘and contribute to a smooth, quet ride Follow the recommended tire rotation
frequency for your type of driving. More frequert rotation is permissible desired.
‘The ressons for any rapid ce unususl wear should be corrected prior to rotation
bang performed.

125.1 Changing a Flat Tire

FRefer to"Ityou have a Fi Tine" sestion in the general chapter for details.

125.2 Wheel Tightness.

When you change a wheel, remove all rust and det at al locations where the whee!
‘contacts the wheel hub. Use a soraper or wire brush to be sure thet you remove all

128

le: galos

as)

GD

rust and dit, A loose whee! could have damaged or elongsted the holes in the rim.
or damaged the rim/hub assembly. any of the whee! studs or nuts are damaged,
‘contact the nearest Authorized Mahindra Dealer.

À WARNING
‘Aways tighten she nuts in a orisseross sequence Never use oi or grease on

your wheel stud or nuts.

‘Never over tighten the nuts on the wheel stud You could damage the stud or
the rus

Torque tighten the whee! nuts to the speciied value at the nearest Authorized
Meñindra Workshop.

A NOTICE

‘The tyres fitted inthis vehicle meet the requirements cf BIS and they comply
with she requirements under the Central Motor Vehicles Flies (CMV) 1989.

12.5 Tyre Pressure Monitoring System [TPMS) {if equipped)

(TRMS is an electrovio system designed to monitor the sir pressure inside the
ppneumatio tyres, This system wil dert the driver if the tyre pressure falls below the
low pressure warring limit for ary reason, including low temperature effects and
natural pressure loss through the tyre.

‘The TPMS val continue to alert the driver and wll not turn of until the tyre pressure
is inflated to the reccmmended pressure,

126-1 Operation of TPMS

"TPIVS uses wireless technology with wheel rim mounted electronic sensors to
monitor tyre pressure levels, Sensors mounted to the valve stem of each wheel,
transmit tye pressure readings to the receiver module. Receiver modue in turn will
‘communicate the information to the instrument oluster and irfetinmert: system.

197. &

APP

11.0
MAP_weWe

M040 (02992)
NTENT REF

Monday, May 18,
-MAP_PDF ditamap

2015 11:59:16 AM File: \

D

Tyre locstions wil dsplay as OK, fall tyre pressure and temperature are in the
recommended range.

The TPMS has been custarrized only for the manufacturer's genune tyres and
wheels. TEMS pressure imits and warring messages have been established for the
tyre size equipped on your vetile

Replacement of manuiacirens parts with a diferent size, type or stye of
components may damage the sensor ard lead to inocrrest readings,

Do not use aftermarket tyre seslarts or balance beads if your vetiole is equipped
with TMS Failure to comply may lead to sensor damage

The TPMS is nat intended to replace normal re care and maintenance ce to
provide warning ofa tyre falure or condtion

‘The TPMS shoud not be used as a tyre pressure gauge while adusting vehicle tyre
pressure,

Doing with underinflated tyres osuse the tyres to overhect and may lead to tyre
failure,

Under inflated tyres reduce fuel efficiency. bye tread le and may affect the vehiale's
maneuverability & braking ably

‘The TPMS is not a substitute for tyre maintenance. itis the driver's responsiblity to
maintain correct tyre pressure using an scourate pressure gauge even if under
inflation has not reached the level to trigger ilumination of the TPMS warring
indostor.

KUV_DITAL
fü

ass

12.8.2 TPMS Warning Lamp

TRS warning larıp wil Bink for 75 seconds and remain ON in the instrument
clusten i ary cf the below mentioned condition ooaırs in the tyres:

+ Sensor signal missing
+ Sensor faut

The error is also dsplayed on the irfczainmert soreen as below. If above condition
ocaurs, cortact the nearest Authorized Mahindra Dealer for further assistance.

127

198. &

APP 11.0 MO40 (62992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:16 AM File: VXUV_DITAS
MAP_WGWE_ CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap €

Exarrples of TPMS warring lamp illumination and corresponding infctainmere soreen
display.

+ Low pressure (24 psi / 1.65 ber)

+ High pressure (48 psi / 231 bar)

ru

+ Ar leakage 3 psi/se0 / 025 bar/seo)

a

+ High temperature P80 0)

1283 TPMS Learning

ter a tyre rotation xr TPMSS sensor replacemert, the receiver must be learnt, else
the TPMS warning lamp indostes a mafunction

TPMS lesrning button (A) is located tothe left hand side ofthe instrument cluster.

199. APP 11.0

MAP_W

M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18,

À 2015 11:59:17 AM File: VXL
8_ CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

D

12.84 TPMS Learning Procedure

1. Press the TPIMS button in the oluster and turn ignition ON along with the
button pressed, The infatarment sorgen dsplays as below and TPMS werrirg
lamp inthe duster starts binkng

2. Start remening air from frore lft tyre, once the byre gets leer, vehicle alarm
end hazerd lamps flash once. The Infotainment soreen displays as below.

2001)

FRepest the above step for frort right bye, rear right tyre and rer let yre (i
the same order). Corresponding irfctainmert soreen depleys are as below

128

200. APP 11.0

MAP_WGWE_ CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

1040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:17 AM File: V?

4. Start removing air from spare tyre. Once the tyre gets leernt, ver

‘and hazard lamps flash 3 times to ind

jte all the by

‘ware learnt, The

Infotainment screen splay is as below indosting all tyres were lesrrt

eset,

i there were ary problem in lesrring the alarm and hazerd lamps:
indoste the tyre lesrring was not complete.

1210

nS times to

KUV_DITAL
© eo
D
12.85 Tyre Swap
If a bre wos swapped with the spare tyra, system derte the user through
irfetaimert es bel

Press the TPMS button inthe oluster to acknowledge the same, TPMS warning lamp
will continue to glow if the spare tyre is having any pressure or temperature alert
Alter correction press the TPIS button to eoknowledge the spare tyre has been
‘corrected and to remove the alert in the cluster/infotsirment

Please neta, if swapping is dane for mere than one tyre cr with the other running
types. eystem canne ideriy the same end the system needs to be relesrned

A\NOTICE

If ary one of the running tyres goes faut spare tyre Is swapped wth the
running gre andshe vehicles drven, then.

+ the system aurematioaly recog

ss the swap

+ interchanges #

running tyre and spare tyre deta

—6—

©

201. fie soit CONTENT br NUS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:17 AM

F diemap

D
13 EMERGENCIES

134 Hazard Warning Flashers,

‘The hazard warning flasher button is located in the central bezel switch bank Press
the button to turn ON the hazard werning flashers all directional turn signals vall
flash to warn oncoming trafio. This is an emergenoy warning system and should be
Used only when there is an emergency. Use it when your vehicle is disabled and is a
Safety hazard for cher motorists, Hazard warning flasher wil werk in all postions ot
the ignition key end even when the vehicle is fully looked.

ANOTICE

With extended use the hazard waming flasher may dran your vehicle battery.

182 Vehicle Does not Start - Checks

Before making these checks, make sure you have followed the correst starting
procedure andthe you have sufficient fuel

Ifthe engine

‘not eranking or is cranking too slowly/ intermbtently

le: galos

eu)

A. Cheok ther the bettery terminal are tight and lean
Ifthe bettery terminals are firmiyfastened turn the interior lamps ON
If the lamps do net ilurrinate glow dim or go OFF when the starter is cranked,
the battery s week or discharged Try jump starting Follow ‘Jump starting
instructions gven later in this chapter
4. Check the fuses inthe Engine Compartment Fuse Bx and Cereral Fuse Box
If the engine cranks normally, but does not start

1. If the lamp iturintion is normal. engine is oranking narmally, but the engine
does not start even after repeated cranking it needs adustment or repair.
Contact an Authorized Mahindra Dealer

2. During winter, use of nonwirter desel or due to extreme ac cordtions, the
vehicle may not start. Contact an Authorized Mahindra Dealer for further
assistance

A CAUTION

Toprevert damage to the starter. do not erark the engine for mere than
15 secon at a time Walt 1010 15 seconds before fying agan.

If the engine stalls while driving"

Redune your speed gradualy, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to
3 safe place Turn ON your hazard warning flashers and chedk for any malfunction
lamps inthe instrumert cluster. Turn the ignition OFF, wait for appraximately 90 seo.
and try starting tie engne again. If the vehicle stil does nt start cortact an
Authorized Mahindra Dear.

131

202. fae soit CONTENT Rer MS

11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18,

F diemap

2015 11:59:17 AM

EMERGENGIES

À WARNING

I the engine stalls while running the power assist for the brakes and steering
il nos work. Steering and beating willbe much harder than usual

Ifthe engine speed does not increase

I the engine speed does not inarease when the sopelerezer pedal is dapressed,
there may be a problem in the Engne Management System, electrical or elastrorio.
(Controls. In case of certain faults, the engine may go to limp home mode, which is
indosted by the check engine lamp. Have your vehicle checked by an Authorized
‘Mahindra Dealer as soon as possible.

133 Vehicle Overheating

I the needle in the temperature gauge inthe instrument cluster is al the way up to
the H and/or the high engne coolant temperature werning lamp is ON, your engine
hes overhested,

{Upon engine getting overheated. the Engine Management: System reduces engine
poser substantaly and may even shut the engine GFF; itis dangerous to continue
ring when the engine has overheated You need to first cool the engine down
before starting to drive again.

Follow the below instructions to coal the engine down

+ Progressive reduce the vehicle speed and bring the vehicle to a stop at the side
eftheroad

+ Turn GN the hazard warning flashers
+ Keep the engine running a ide

+ Engage the parking broke

+ Suite of the air conctioner

192

le: galos

203,1)

GD

+ You can keep the AC blower speed st maximum and set the temperature control
Knob to the extreme and af the hat zane [oloakwise eng)

+ Wat til the engine coolant temperature drops sufficiently such that the need in
the temperature gauge is around halfway between C and H

Now switch the engine OFF and carefuly open the bonnet/hood to visit inspect the
engine cooling system parts. Be cautious while doing an inspection as vehicle parts
‘il tll be too hot. Veriy thatthe engine coctar level in the coolant recovery tank is
maintained between the "Min" and ‘Max’ mark. Check for possible fud leakages.
Check for damages zo best emhengers and conneating hoses. Also very thar the
radiator shrouds, engne fan blades and the engne bet: al are in good condition

If any evidence of failure is observed, contact the nesrest Authorized Mahindra
Dealer for help. In case. no system leakage/ falure is suspected, driving oan be
cortinued.

Ether due to severe operating conditions or due to any system leakages or falures.
the engre oan get awerhested, However if the enge is getting overheated
repeatedly. even in normal opersting condtions, get the vehicle checked by an
‘Authorized Mahindra Dealer as soon as possible

ANOTICE

Refer to the High Engine Coolant Temperature! section under the ‘Features
and Contra! chapter for detals.

AX WARNING

Ifthe high engine coclare temperature warning is ignered the engine shuts OFF
'strupty to safeguard engine components from overhesting and consequent
falure. Abrupt engine shutoff can lead to uncortrolabie ching condtion and
accidents.

‘Stay clear of hot and rotating vehicle parts wile visual inspecting the vehicle
‘The codlan inside the cooing system is under high pressure and temperature.

203. fie soit CONTENT br NUS

11.0 MO40 (b2992)

Monday May 18, 2015 11:59:17 AM
iF ditamap

GD

‘Never open the pressure cap ofthe degassing tark when the engine is hot: Not
‘along preaausions may lead to serious inury to your skin/eyes.

ANOTICE

For optimum performance of the cooing system you must maintain the
required coolant level and use only recommended engine coolant.

184 Jump Starting

If your vehicle’ battery has run down you may be able to start the engine by using a
standalone booster battery or a vetle with good oondiion battery,

But before going shesd with this procedure ensure thet the battery is the cause of
vehicle not starting. To corfirm tis, few simple tests can be conducted as follows:

+ Check the headlights - Are they dm or bright? If they are dm, it's likely your
battery is dead. f your headlights ere bight, you do not have a desd battery and a
Jump start may not help

+ Tryto start your vehielo-Dces it turn over very slowly, or does it erank quoky? Ir
it cranks quioky you do nat have a dead battery and a jump start may not help. Il
it cranks slowly. or nce at al, you probab have a dead battery

Open the bonnet and locate the battery (near the left side fender) Identity the
postive and negative terminal.

+ The positive terminal wil be marked with a plus sign [+] and will ususly have a
FRED oable attached on it.

+ The negative terminal will be marked with a minus sign €) and will usualy have a
BLACK cable attached toit

Check the physica condition of the battery. Inspeor betteries for cracks, leaks or ary
ther demage. If you find any cf these things. do not jump start the vehicle, Call
Mahindra Road Side Assistance or replace the battery. I the weather is very cold.

le: galos

eu)

‘remove the refill oaps ard oheak the condticn of the elestrayte If it seems slushy or
like ice. do not attempt jump-starting ult thes,

1. Park the working vehicle near the disabled vehicle. Park the vehicle in such a
‘way that the distance between both vehlle batteries is as small as practical.
Turn aff the engne, radia lights. A/C. fens end all other elestrioal
components. Make sure thet all of these things are OFF inthe dsabied vehicle,
too

À WARNING
Dont let tre ve touch each ether
2. Wer saterygesr (goggles or face querd ard gloves} you have fe

188

204. 11.0 M040
MAP_WoWs_CONTENT REF_MAP E

(b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:17 AM

F diemap

À WARNING

lt may be necessary to remove the disabled vehicle's battery cables from
the battery terminals and clean both cables and terminals, Use a stif
wire brush to remove al corrosion. Recenneet the cables to the batery
terminals endjump the vehicle.

Untangle and unwind your jumper cables. Like your batteries, your jumper
‘cables vill probably have red and black osbles and wil have heaw duty clamps
to connect to the battery terminals. You must make sure thet the red and
black ends of your jumper cables never touch each other once they are
connected to the betteries: permitting them to do so oan resul in serious
rcing and/or damage to one cr both vehicles

4. Connect the jumper ables in the order described below,

+ Connect one red olamp to the postive (+) terminal of the dead battery/
disabled vehicle

+ Connect the other red clamp tothe positive (+) terminal of the good battery
+ Connect one black olamp to the negetive (terminal ofthe good bettery

+ Corneot the cther back clamp to a piece of grounded metal on the dead
vehicle, preferably shiny metal (not painted or aly) that is attached to the

184

le: galos

0051)

GD

engine, Ustaly a nut, bolt or cther protruding shiny metal will work. You
may see a small spark when you connect to a good ground As a last
resort you may connect to the negative - post af the dead battery. but this
‘isk igniting hydrogen gas coming off the battery

À WARNING

Mate sure none ofthe cables are dangling to the engine compartment,
where they couldbe exposed tomoung parts.

5. Start the workng vehicle Let it ile for a few minutes, Rev the engine a litle
boe ide for 30 to BO seconds. You doths to charge the battery inthe dead
vehicle. A good claen connection between the battery osbles and the battery
terminals is essential

6. Try to start the disabled vahiale. If does not start, shut the engine off and
‘sconnest the last connection temporarily while you slighty twist or wiggle
each ofthe four clamps to help ensure a good electrical connection, Festert.
the working vehicle again. Allow ancther 5 minutes for charging before
“tempting to start the disabled venal. If this does not work after a few tries,
you may need to have the vehicle towed or the battery replaced

—o—

205. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:17 AM
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap Go)

le: galos

GD

7. Remove the jumper osbles once the vehicle starts, Do this in the reverse of
the order in which they were attached, and dort let any of the cables or
‘lamps touch each other (or dengle into the engne ocmpartmert)

+ Disconnest the black clamp from the grounded metal on the dead vehicle

+ Disconnest the black clamp from the negative ( terminal of the good
battery

+ Disconnect the red clamp from the positive (+) terminal of the good battery

+ Disoonnest the red clamp from the positive (+) terminal of the dead battery

‘Replaoe any positive (+) red post proteotie covers if spplicsble [You have had
to remove or open these in the begnring) These covers help prevert
‘socidental short circuiting of the bettery

Keep the recertiydsabed vehicle's engine running. Aun the vehicle above ide
(grey rewed up with your foct on the scoeerater). This should gve the
battery enough charge to start the vehicle agan. I it does not, you probably
have a dead battery or a dying alternator

À WARNING
Imprcper jump staräng procedures an result in btzery explosion and acid
tomara
Loosely connected battery cables could damage the eecsronc contra units
To disconnect battery terminas wat for atleast 2 minutes to alow dscharge
af righvobage or cou lea to persona uy.
Whie dscomecting, aways dscomect the VE termina first and while
connecting always comes the-VE termina last

EMERGENCIES.

À WARNING

Towing a vehicle to start could be dangerous. The vehicle being towed could
surge forward when the engine starts, causing the tow vehicles to colide.
injuing she occuparns.

Modem vehicies with electronic management systems should not be jump
Started without ‘protected jump starter leadk. £ is necessary to refer to the
Daner's handbook for jump starting provecures for such vehicles.

13.5 Limp Home Mode

Limp hame mode is an emergency situstion declared by the EMS (Engine
Management System) due to failure of one/more ontical senscrs/actuators. In ths
made. the EMS [Engne Management: System) vll revert back to basio minimum
requirement (fuel quartity / injection brings) to aid the driver to bring the veticle
bock to the nearest workshop Needless to say the drivatilty & fuel consumption wil
be greatly attested

If vetiole apoeleratien worsens or if there is a drop in vehicle performance. there
‘might be a malfuncton in the engine managemert system which triggers/actvates
the Limp Home Made. This condition is sooorrpenied by the check engine lamp
lluminating in the nstrumert cluster. In this mode, the vehicle speed is Imited and
the acoelerctor padal may not function normally ls recommended you cortast an
‘Authorized Mahindra Deder immedistey for assistance,

13.8 Towing
Your vehicle comes with a front welded tow hook and a reer towing eyelet where a
tow hock oan be sorewed in The front tow hook shoud be used when the vehicle
needs towing and the rear tow hook should be used when your vehicle is urized for
towing other vehicles.

If your vehicle needs to be towed call a professional towing service If a towing
service is unavalable in an emergency your vehicle may be temporeniy towed by a

185

206. MAP_WoWs_CONTENT REF_MAP E

11.0 MO40 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:18 AM

F diemap

towing osble or chain seaured to the emergenoy towing hook welded into the front
cradle assembly of the vehicle.

‘The tow eye is in the tools pouch in the sok storage compartment atthe rear of the
vehicle.

Remove/price cut the tow hook cover in the rear bumper using a soremdriwer
‘Soraw in the tow eye in the counter clockwise dresticn (tow eye is LH theeaded) and

tighten. Fasten 8 cable ar chain speoficel intended for use in towing vehioles to the
towing hook.

13.8.1 Towing Equipment

Fronttowing hook Y
Rese towing eet Y
Flatbed towing 72
Towing by 4 wheats E
Sippe Y

Sing ype tving{rear Y Y
ea

Towing equipment are of two types,

128

le: galos

eu,»

GD

+ Rietbed equpment - Your vehiole is loaded on the back of a trunk. This is the
safest and best way of towing

+ Singtype equipment - The tow truck uses metal cables with hooks on bath ends.
‘These hooks go around parts of the frame or suspension and lit the end of the:
vehicle of the ground, Mis is nat à good method of towing as it may damage the
vehicle's suspension and body. Avoid a tow with sing type equpmert.

207. fie soit CONTENT br NUS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:18 AM

F diemap

D
14 MAINTENANCE
141 General Owners Information

Your vehicle has been designed for fewer maintenance requrements with longer
service intervals to seve both your time and money. However. each reguar
maintenance, as well as daytoday care is more importart to ensure a smocth,
‘trouble free. safe ard econamicd operation.

It is the onmer's responsibilty to make sure the specified maintenance, including
general mairtenance service is performed. Note that beth the new vehicle limited
warranty and emission contra system limited warranties specify thst proper
maintenance and care must be performed See Service Coupon Booklet for
‘complete warranty information.

‘Where to go for service?

Mhindes techricians are well traned specialists and are kept up to dete with the
latest service information through technical buletin, service tips and in dealership
training programs, They leam to work on Mahindra vehiales before they work on
Your vehicle, rather than while they are werking ani.

‘You can be corfidert that your Mahindra dealer service department does the best
jb to rest the maircenange requrements an your vehile ralebiy and economics

le: galos

ea)

Got the most from your vehicle with routine maintenance

Rauine maintenance is the best way to help ensure you get the performance,
‘dependabilty, long fe and better resele value you expect from your vehicle, This is
exactly why weve put together this Mairtenance Section it outines the services
required to property maintain your vehicle and when they should be performed. The
focus is on maintaining your vehicle while i's runring greet, which goes a long way
toward preverting major repars end expenses later.

Hare are a few suggestions to help you get started on routine mairtenanoe:
+ Familarize yourself with your vehicle by goingthrough your Oaner’s Menus!
+ Take a few minutes to review this Martenanse Section

+ Moke it 8 hab to use this manual to reccrd sohedued mairtenanse in the
Servioe Coupon Booklet

+ Consult with your Authorized Mahindra Dealer for all your vehicle needs

14.1.1 Suggestions for Obtaining Service for your Vehicle
Prepare for the Appointment

It you have warrarcy work to be done, be sure to have the right papers with you. All
work to be performed may not be covered by the warranty. Discuss ackitional

charges with the service manager. Keep a maintenanoe log of your vehicles service
history

144

208. fae soit CONTENT Rer MS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:18 AM

F diemap

Prepare a List

Make a written list of your vehicles problems or the specific work you want done. If
youve had an acoidere or werk dore that is not on your maintenance lag, let the
Service adviser know about it.

Bo Reasonable with Requests

If you lst a number of terns and you must have your vehicle by the end of the day.
¡discuss the situation withthe service adkisor and st the items in order of pricy

14.12 Noed Assistance?

It is recommended talking to an Authorized Mahindra Desler service manager first.
[Most matters can be resolved with this process, i for some reason you are stil not
Satisfied talkto the general manager or owner of the dealership.

If an Authorized Mahindra Dealership is unable to reschve the concern. you may
contact ary Mahindra Customer Care executive. They would need the following
information:

Omers name and adress. owner's telephone number (home and fice)

‘Authorized Dealership name, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), vehicle delivery
dete and mileage.

14.13 Warranty Information
‘Read the Warranty Information gen in the Warranty Information & Maintenance
Guide” for the terms and provisions of Mahindra warranties applicable to this vehicle,

Mahindra genuine parts, fuids, lubricants and accessories are avaiable & ary
‘Authorized Mahindra Dealer. They vall help keep the vehiole operating a its best.

14.1.4 Protect your Warranty

Routine maintenance is nat only the best way to help keep your vehicle performing as
intended. it's also the best way to protect your warrarty. Failure to perform

142

le: galos

005,1)

GD

Scheduled maintenance speoitied in the Service Coupon Booklet will invaldate
‘warranty coverage cn parts affected by the lack of maintenance. We cant stress
enough how important i is to keep records of al maintenance, Damage or failures
due to negect or lack of proper maintenance are not covered under warranty

Keeping maintenanes records is easy withthe service coupon booklet

Its importart to document the maintenance of your vehicle. For your corwerience to
maintain records cf servie, the scheduled mairtenanoe coupons are provided in the
Service coupon booklet. Every time you bring your vehicle in for schedued
Maintenance, be sure to present this booklet and certify the werk. Alco record the
date of service and mieage at the time of service. This val make record keeping easy
and. should your vehicle ever require warranty coverage. you wil have all the
ddocumerttion to show youve properly maintained i

14.1.1 Maintenance interval

Mahindra establiches recommended maintenance intervals based upon engineering
testing to determine the most appropriete mileage to perform the various
mairtenence services, This proteats your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you,
Mahindra recommends that you do not deste from the maintenance schedules
presented in this Meintenanoe Schedue.

14,

il, Fulde:and Pushing.

In many oases. fluid $sodloration is a normal operating oharacteristio by itself, and
does rot nacessariy indoste a concern or that the fluid needs to be changed,
However. discolored fluids that also show signs cf overheating and/or foreign
material contamination shoud be inspected immediately by a qualfied expert such
as the factory trained technicians at your Authorized Mahindra Dealer. Your vehicles
oils and fluds shoule be changed a the speofied intervals cr in coryunction with a
repar.

Copa année Manara 3042025

209. 11.0 M040 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:18 AM
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap @10,1)

le: galos

GD

141.13 Chemicals and Additives
NonMahindra approved cherricals or additives are rot required for factory
recommended maintenance, In far, Mahindra recommends against the use of such
adatwe products unless speciically recommended by Mahindra for a particuar
eppioien.

Your vehicle is very sophisticated and bul wth mutiple complex performance
Systems, Every manufacturer develops these systems using diferent spealfiostions
and performance festures. That's why ies importart to rely on your Authorized
Mahindra Oeder to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle.

‘When planning your maintenance services, consider your Authorized Mahindra
Dealer for al your vehicle's needs.

14.1.14 Get the most from your service and maintenance visits

Getting your vehicle serviced at an Authorized Mahindra Dealer adds great value to
‘your vehicle in number of ways. Hence, itis recommended to service your vericle at
an Authcrizad Mahindra Dealer any.

14.15 Vehicle Self Maintenance -General Precautions

+ Refer Lorelevart sections of the manual before starting

+ Set the parking brake

+ Block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly

+ TumOFF the engine endremove the key

+ Stay clear of hot vehicle parts

+ Avoid repested contact with fluids

+ Do no let fuel, coolant and other fuids spil over electrical andhat vehicle parts

MAINTENANCE

+ Keep all open flames and other burning meteria Ike cigarettes away from the
battery and ll fus related parts

À WARNING
Do not start/runthe engine when any engne/penpheral parts are removed.

14.2 Opening and Closing the Hood

‘The hood relesse lever is loosted in the driver side foot well ares, below the
instrument panel. To pen hood equipped with gas struts, fallow the steps below.

1, Pul thelever below the driver ide instrument panel to release the hood.

2. Lift the hooe a lle to access the safety latch holding the hood striker. This
Safety latoh is loosted below the hood at the centre

3. Liftthe safety atch ard itt the hood

143

210. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:18 AM Fi
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

galos

en)

GD

+ Always double cheok to be sure thatthe hoods firmly latched before driving
‘away. If tis nct latched propery, the hood could open while the vehicle is
‘being chiven. causing acta oss of usibilty, resuling in an accident

+ Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised positon as vision is
obstructed.

‘To close the hood, folow the below steps:
4. Showy lower the hood

2 In variants equpped with a stay rod, remove the stay rod supporting the hood
by Shaft iting the hood

4. Thehood wil ft automaticaly and willbe supported by the gas struts. e o pos

Si rada ao a aS 4. Now push the road to close and ensure the primary latoh is engaged

5. Before driving of, chesk hood is lacked properly with primery latch fly
engaged

A NOTICE

Bornes Open Hazard — When the bornes is open and vehicles in unlock
condor

+ Hazard lamps fash continuously to alert the user that she bonnes is quen,
+ Hazard cluster teltale also flashes
“To stopping the warring, do any ane ofthe followings

+ Glasethe bonnet

A WARNING + Press the hazard button TWICE
+ Donct open the hood immediately der a chive the engine compartment wit * ‘Change the turn s gna stalk postion
be very hot + Drivethe vehicle > 10 kmph

144 Cop Mahindra Maindra Li 048015

211. VOWS CONTENT REF_MAP POF mimes 2016 11:88:18 AM File: VXUV_DIT
MAP_wowe. CONTENT REF_MAP-PDF dtamap eno

MAINTENANCE

pros Moin © Matin ts. 048 145

212. P 11.0 M040 (62992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:18 AM File: \XUV_DIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap eno

GD

143 Engine Compartment:

A DegassingTark

8 Power Steering Fu eseror HO FudlPrming Pump

© Front Windshieé Wether Pd Reservar 1 Arfitarassenb

0 Engne Ci Gop J Battery

E Erae/CurhPudReenor Ko EngreComparimert Fine Box

F Engine Gover

148 Copa année Manara a 042015

213. 11.0 M040
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_F

(b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:18 AM

F diemap

2

Maintenance is classified 85 below
+ General Maintenance
+ Sohedulad Maintenance:

144 General Maintenance

AX WARNING

Exercise extreme eaution when the hood is open and engine is ON.

Listed below are the general maintenance items thet shoud be performed
frequertiy In sddticn to chesking the items listed below. you nctioe any unusual
nose, fluid leakages, smell or Mbration you shoud investigate the cause or take your

vehicle ta your Authorized Mahindra Dealer or a qualified service shop immediately.

Ab CAUTION

Make these checks only with adequate ventiation if you intend £0 run the
enge

Inthe Engine Compartment
+ Front windshield washer fig level
+ Engine coclant level

+ Battery condition

+ Bréke/Quoh fd level

+ Engne ailevel

+ Power steering uid level

+ Fuidiecks

le: galos

@41)

MAINTENANCE

+ Hoses, joints and pipes for any abnormalities
Inside the Vehicle

+ Ligas

+ Warning mps

+ Windshield wipe and wash

+ Steering whee!

+ Seas

+ Sexe bets

+ Accelerator pecal

+ Brake pedal

+ Brakes

+ Parking brake

+ Gear lever shit mechanism
Outside the Vehick

+ Lamps

+ Aludieaks

+ Doors end engine hocd letches

+ Tire inflation pressure

+ Tire surface/thread and wheel nuts

147

214. fae soit CONTENT Rer MS

11.0 M040

(b2992) _ Monday, May 18,

F diemap

2015 11:59:18 AM

145 In the Engine Compartment

145.1 Fluid Leaks

(Check the engine compartment and the underbody ofthe vehicle for any leaks. you
‘mel fuel vapor or notice any leak, have the cause found and corrected immediately.
145.2 Engine Gil

Engine ol has the primary functions of lubrissting and cooing the inside of the

engine. IE plays a major role in maintaining the engne in proper working order.
Therefore, itis essential ta check the engine al regulen

14.53 Engine Oil Consumption

Its normal for engines to consume some engine al during operation.

Causes of consumption in a normal engine are as follows:

+ Olis used to lubricate pistons, piston rings and cylinders. Thin fis of ol left over
when pistons move in ofinders, are sucked into the combustion chember due to
high negative pressure generated when the vehicle is decelerating. This ol gets
burre inthe combustion chamber.

+ Olis also used to lvbrioste the stems of intake valves. Some of this lis sucked
into the combustion chamber together with the irtake ar and is bumt there.

+ Engine ol consumption depends upon the viscosity and quali af the ail, and upon
the conditions in which the vehicle is driven. Gil consumption will be more due to
high speed driving and frequent aocelerstion and deceleration A new engine may
consume more ol singe its pistons, piston rings and oyinder walls are not
conditioned.

114,554 Checking/Topping the Engine Cit
+ Make sure the vehicle ison level ground

148

le: galos

eis

GD

+ Turn the engine CFF and wat à few minutes for the oll to settle down into the oil
sum

+ Applythe parking brake

+ Open the hood, use stay rod to support the hood. Protest yourself from engine:
heat

+ Looste and osrefuly remove the engne cil level pstiok
+ Wipethe dipstick with a lean cloth Insert the dpstiok uly. then remove it again

Ifthe oil level is bstween “Min” and "Max marks, the ai level is acceptable DO.
NOT ADD OIL.

If the oil leva is bslow the Mn mark. edd enough ai through the oi filer cap to
raise the level wthn the "Min" and” Max marks, Wait fo few minutes after every
top up for the al to settle down before checking the level

+ Ollevels above the “Max mark may cause engine demage/ poor performance.
+ Putthe dpstick andthe ole aap back end ensure ti fuly/ proper sested.

215. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:18 AM Fi
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

Ah CAUTION

To avoid possible ol loss and injury due to hot biowsby gas, DO NOT operate the
Vehicle wth the engine al level dipstick and/or the engne ol filer cep removed.

ANOTICE

Draiing/Changng of engine oi should always be cone by an Authorized
‘Mahindra eater

1455 Checking/Topping Engine Coolant Level

+ Park the veticle on flat-horizontal surface. Keep the parking brake fuly engaged.
Shutoff the engne

galos

+ Wait til the engine cols down end henos coolant temperature comes down to
normal room temperature:

+ The coolant level should be between "MIN" and “MAX marking provided on the
degassing tank

+ Incase the coolant levels below the "MIN marking. the codlart should be topped-
up

+ The coolant shoud be filed til the level rises above the MIN but remain below the
“MAX marking an the degassing tank

+ However i the degassing Tank is found to be near empty. itis recommended thet
the system be checked at en Authorized Mahindra Dealer

À WARNING

{Never open the pressure cap when the engine is hot. Hot ccolant may splash
"resulting in serinus personal Inury or severe bums by the erupting iqud.

AMNOTICE

Top up only with recommended Ready To Use (ATU) coolants for ensuring
‘performance, artifreezing and corrosion protection Do not add water direct

148

216. fae soit CONTENT Rer MS

11.0 MO40 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:18 AM

F diemap

‘Mixing with other brand of coolants is not recommended and should be
avoided.

AR NOTICE

Draining or changing of engine coclant should always be cone by an Authorized
Mahindra Dealer.

114,555 Checking/Topping Brake/Cluteh Fluid

‘The brake and olutoh systems are supplied fd from the same reservoir.

‘The brake fu level wil drop slowly as the brakes wear, and wil rise when the brake
¡components are replaced. Fluid levels between the "MIN" and "MAX Ines are within
the normal operating range: there is no need to add fluid Ifthe fluid levels are below
the "MIN" mark the performence of the systems could be compromised: the breke/
‘lutoh operation could be spongy and gear change harder: Topup the recommended
brake/olutoh fu til the "MAX" mark or contest an Authorized Mehindra Desler
immediately.

Carefuly clean the osp on the reservar before you remove it end be sure no debris

fall in the reservoir. Do not keep the reservar open for longer than necessary to add
brake fluid,

1410

le: galos

—$—

em

GD

Use only brake/clutch fluid that meets Mahindra specioations, Refer to ‘Lubricant
and Capscities’ section.

A NOTICE

Draining or changing of brake fluid should always be done by an Authorized
‘Mahindra Degen

148.7 Checking/ Topping Power Steering Fluid

Check the power sæering fluid level at the defined service intervals, Refer to
Maintenance Chart for decals,

‘The fud level choud be cheoked if a leck is suspected, abnormal noises are

apparent, and/or the system is not functioning ss entiopeted Coordinete inspection
efforts through an Authorized Mahindra Desler.

Ah CAUTION

Driving vehicie wih power steering fluid below minimum mark wil damage
‘steering system.

A CAUTION

Use only recommended power steering ud. Do not use other pes of power
‘steering uds wich may damage the power steering system.

217. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:18 AM Fi
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

ds WARNING

Au level in the reservar should be checked on a level surface with the engine
(OFF to prevent inury from moung parts and to ensure accurate Mid level
reading,

Follow the below steps for checking and topping up the power steering uct

ii

easenm

Start the engine and let it run until it resohes normal the operating
temperature

While the engine ides, tum the steering wheel left and right a couple of times
Turn the engine OFF

neck the power steering id level inthe reservoir

“The id level should be msitsined between the "MIN" and "MAX marks
Ifthe fuid is lon, ed fl in small ameurts, cortinucusly checking the level
Un rence the corer operating range. Be eure o pu the 0 hack on

With a clean cloth wipe any spilled fi from all surfaces

galos

ANOTICE

Changing of paver steering fluid should aways be done by an Authorized
Mahindra Dealer

145.8 Windshielé Washer Fluid Topup

‘Top up both the front and rear [f equipped) windshield washer reservoirs as and
when required,

19:11

218. fae soit CONTENT Rer MS

11.0 MO40 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:19 AM

F diemap

‘The frort windshield washer is loosted next to the power steering flud reservoir in
the engne bay. The rear windshield washer is located in rear luggage ares LH trim
behind the tried row seats.

In very cold weather condtions fil the reservar with washer fluid premixed vith anti
freeze.

A CAUTION

IF you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 45°C, use washer fuid with
ent-reeze protection. Falure to use washer fluid with antitreeze protection in
Gold weather could result in mpsired windshield sion and increase the risk of
injury or aocicere.

14,53 Fuel Filter Bleoding/Priming

Wien the fuel level in the fuel tank fall very Iom, sir may enter the fuel Ines which
leads to the engine not starting or abeupt suetahing OFF.

‘The ar has to be removed from the fuel pump by priming the fuel pump, The fuel
Pump is looæed next to the air fiber in the engine bay. Pump the fuel filer repeatedly
Using your palm and ry starting the engine. it fais, pump few more times and retry
Ifthe engine stil does not star, contact your nearest authorized Mahindra dealer for
assistance.

1432

le: galos

14.8 Maintenance - Inside the Vehicle
148: Lights

Make cure the headights, stop lights, al ights, tum signs lights end other lights ere
all working, Check headight am.

14.8.2 Warning Messages and Lamps

Check ell warning lamps appearing in the instrument cluster and DAS Refer tothe
relevant sections in this menua for further details.

1483 Seats

Check that all seat cantrals such as seat adjusters. seat back einer, eto. operate
‘smoothly and thst all Istohes lock securely in any postion. Check that the head
restraiés move up and down smoothly and that the looks hold securely in any
legched position

219. fie soit CONTENT br NUS

11.0 MO40 (b2992)

Monday May 18, 2015 11:59:19 AM
iF ditamap

GD

1484 Seat Batts
Check that the seat belt system such as buckles, retractors and anchors operate
properly and smocthly, Make sure the bet webbing is not out, frayed. wee or
damaged.

1485 Accelerator Pedal

Check the pedal for smocth operation, uneven pedal effort or stickiness. Check the
oct well and remove cbstructons I an

148 Brake Pedal

(Check the pedal for smooth operation and proper clesrance. Check the foct well and
remove obstruations if any.

147 Maintenance Outside the Vehicle

‘The folowing checks should be carried out from time to time, unless otherwise
specified,

147.1 Lamps
(Check and ensure proper functioning ofall exterior lamps.
14.7.2 Fluid Leaks

Check the engine compartmert and the underbody ofthe vehicle for ary leaks. you
‘mel fuel vapor or notice any leak, have the cause found and correated immedistel.

le: galos

em)

14.7.3 Doors andEngine Hood
Check al doors and latches inalucing the Eslgate for proper functioning. Make sure

the engine hood secondery latch seoures the hood from opering when the primary
lath is released,

147.4 Tire Inflation Pressure

Check the tre pressure with a pressure gauge every week:

14.8 Battery

Your veticle is equpped with a Mahindra genuine battery. For longer, troublefree
‘operation keep the top cf Ihe battery clean and dry. Also, make certain the battery
cables ere sivays tightly fastened to the battery terminals

If you see any corosion on the battery or terminals, remove the cables from the
terminals and les with a wire brush. To prevent corrosion. apply petroleum jelly to
the battery terminals, Tighten loose terminals and Paid dorm olamp nuts en enough
to keep the battery firmly in place. Tightening excessively may damage the battery
terminals,

14.8.1 For Bost Battery Servico

+ Keep the battery securely mounted

+ Keep the bettery top clean and dry

+ Keep the terminals end connections cleen, tight and costed with petroleum jely
or terminal grease

+ Rinse ary spiled electroyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water
‘and baking sode

1413

220. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:19 AM File: VXUVDIT/
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

A CAUTION

Do not disconneot battery terminsis while the engine is ruming This wil
‘aoverselyatfect al electronic contralers,

A WARNING

Wie removing the battery, aways cisconnect the negative termina frst. And
while instaling the battery, ensure the negative terminalis comected last.

It is recommended thet the negative battery osble terminal be disconneoted from
the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period of time. This wil
minimize the dsoharge of your battery during storage.

A WARNING

Battery fluid is a corrosive acid solution: do not allow battery acid to contact
‘eyes. skin or cicthing Dont lean over battery when attaching clamps or iow
the clamps to touch each other. acid splashes in the eyes ar on the sn, flush
‘contaminated area immediately with large quantities of water

Abatery generates hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep any
flame or spark away from the vent haies.

Keep batteries out of reach of children Battery posts terminsis and related
accessories coman leed and lead components. Wash hands after handling
basenes.

A the battery has been dscomected or a new battery has been installed the
lock (if equipped) and the preset rado (Y equipped) stations must be reset
oncethe battery is reconnected:

The replacement battery must meet the speotication of the crignaly fitted
base.

14:14

ea

GD

14.8.2 Battery Charge Indicator - Amaron (i equipped)

A battery charge indicator is provided for Amaron batteries to view the charge
status at a glanoe. Green indostes the battery is okey, and light blue indiostes
battery needs recharge cr techrical assistance from Amaron.

14.83 Battery Charge Indicator - Exde (if equipped)

‘A battery charge indostor is provided for Exide batteries to view the charge status
ata gence

‘Three charge indiostors are provided which give the following information:
+ GREEN-OX (Battery condition good)

+ WHITE — Needs charging

+ RED —Add cistiled water

Cop Mahindra Maindra Li 048015

221. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:19 AM File: VXUVDIT/
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap en)

14.84 Checking the Electrolyte Level
Check the electrokte level and spectio gravy atitervas of three months. Check all

the six cals for proper electroyte levels. If the level is below the lower marker, add
distiled water urti the level resohes the upper marker.

‘Adding distiled water:

+ Remove the vent plugs

+ Add distiled water to sl the cells that require the fluid end seoure the plugs
properly

148 Wiper Blades

Lift the wiper arm from its postion. Expose the blade lip for inspection. Clean the
‘wiper blade lips with water appied wth & soft sponge. Ifthe wiper blade is not wiping
the glass satisfactoriy or is warm, cut, cracked or bulging get it replaced at an
Authorized Mehirdra Dealer

MAINTENANCE

149.1 Changing the Wiper Blade
1. Lftthe arm and position the wiper blade at right angles tothe wiper arm

2. Press the retaining ol in the opposite direction. disengage the wiper blade
end put off the arm

3. Haldthe endofthe rubber end pull uni the tabs are free ofthe metal support

1415

222. 11.0 M040
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_F

(b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:19 AM

F diemap

4, Carefully insert the new blade rubber, Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal

AR NOTICE

To prevent damage tothe windshielt. dont et the wiper arm slap down on to ke

14.10 Appearance Care and Protection

114.10.1 Washing the Exterior

Wash your vericle regularly vith cool or Iukewarm water and a neutral pH soap

[Never use strong household detergents or sogp, such as dish washing or laundry
qu. These products can cisoolor and spot painted surfaces

[Never wach a vehicle that is hot tothe touch’ or during exposure to strong direct
sunlight

‘Always use a clean éponge or car wash mitt with plenty of water for best results

(Ory the vehiole with a chamois or soft terry cloth towelin order to eliminate water
spotting

1 is especialy impartart to wash the vehiale regulen during the winter menths,
8 dirt and raad salt are dificult to remove and cause damage ta the vehicle

Immediately remove items such as gasoline, diesel fuel. bird droppings and insect
‘deposits; thay oan cause damage to the vehicle's paire work and trim over time.

14.10.2 Engine Compartment

A. CAUTION

(Do nc wash the engine or engine compartment with pressurized water

1416

le: galos

en

GD

14.103 Exterior Crome
+ Wash the vehicle frst, using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo

+ Use the custom bright metal oleaners, available at your Authorized Mahindra
Dealer. Apply the product as you would wax to olean chrome parts: allow the
Clesner to ry fora few minutes, andthen wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag

+ Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plasti pads as they can leave:
Soretches on the chrome surface

+ After paishing the chrome perts, you van lso apply costing of Premium Liquid
War avalable & your Authorized Mahindra Dealer. or an equivalent qualty
produot to help pratest from environmental effects

14.104 Paint Chips

+ Mahindra dealers have the exact touchup paint to match your vehicles color

+ Take your vehicle to an Autherized Mahindra Dealer for paint touchup cr paint
repars

+ Remove particles such as bird droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots,
road salt and industrial fallout before repatring pat chips

+ Always read the instructions before using the products

14.105 Aluminium Wheels And Wheel Covers (if equipped)

Aluminum wheels ard wheel covers are coated with a clear coat of paint frish. In
order to maintain their shine:

+ Clean weskiy with wheel and tire cleaner, which is avalable at your Authorized
Mahindra Dealer. Heavy dit and brake dust accumulation may require agtation
‘ith a sponge. Anse thoroughly with e strong stream of water

+ Never apply ary clearing chemicals to hot or warm wheel rims or covers

223. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:19 AM
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap ea)

le: galos

GD

+ Do not use hydrafluorie acidbesed or high caustiobssed whee! cleaners, steel
‘woo, fuels or strong househald detergerts

14.106 Plastic (Non-painted) Exterior Parts.

Use only approved products to clean plastio parts. These products are avaiable with
your authorized dealer. You can use these cleaners;

+ For routine clesning of plastic parts
+ Forter or grease spots
+ For plastic head lamp lenses

14.107 Windows and Wiper Blades

‘The front/rear windstieid. side windows and the wiper blades should be deaned
regularly. if the wipers do not wipe properly, substances on the vehicle's glass or the
‘wiper blades may be the cause, These may inalude hot wax treatments used by
commercial cer washes, water repellent costings. tree sap cr ther organic
‘ortaminatior: these corteminants may cause squeaking or chatter noise from the
blades, and streaking and smearing of the windshield

To dean these items follow these tips,

+ The windstield rear windows and side windows may be cleaned with a nom
sbrasive desner such as Clear Spray Glass Cleaner, avalable at your Authorized
Mahindra Daler,

+ The wiper blades cen be clesned with slachal or Premium Windshield Washer
Concentrate, avalable at your Authorized Mahindra Desler. This washer flud
contains a special solution in addition to alochel which helps remove the hot wax
‘deposited on the wiper blade and windshield Be sure to replace wiper blades
‘when they appear worn or do nat funation propery.

+ Donc use abrasives, as they may cause sorstiches,
+ Do no use fuel kerosene, ar aire thinner to clean any glass parts.

MAINTENANCE

If you cance remove those streaks after clesning with the glass cleaner or if the
wipers chatter anc move in a jerky motion clean the outer surface ofthe windshield
and the wiper blades using a sponge or soft oloth with a neutral detergent or mid
‘abrasive cleaning solution After clearing rinse the windshield and wiper blades wath
‘clean water. The vardshild is clean i beads do nat form when you rinse the
windsPiate with water,

(Do not use sharp objects. such as a razor blade, to remove deals, as it may cause
‘demage to the dass ce rear wirdshiald hester gig lines [1 equipped)

14.108 Instrument Panel/Interior Trim and Cluster Lens

ANOTICE

Do not use chemical scivants cr strong detergents when cleaning the steering
whee! on instrument panel

(Geen the instrument: panel interior trim areas and cluster lens with a clean and
demp white cotton lcth. then wth a clean and dry white cotton oloth; you may also
use Dash and Ving Cleaner onthe instrumert panel and interior trim areas.

+ Avoid cleaners or polishes that inarease the goss cf the upper partion cf the
instrument parel. The dul finish in this area helps protest the driver from
undesirable windshield reflection

+ Do not use household or gass oleaners as these may damage the finish of the
Instrument panel, interior trim and oluster lens.

If a staining liquid lice coffee, juice has been spiled cn the instrument panal or on the
interior trim surfaces, clean as flows;

+ Wipe up spilled iquid using clean white cotton cla
+ Appiy Vinyl Ciesner to the wiped area and spread around evenly

+ Apply cleaner to a clean white cotton clcth and press the cloth onto the sailed
‘area and allow this to set in at roam temperature for 30 minutes

1417

224. 11.0 M040 (b2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:19 AM
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

+ Remove the sosked cloth and if tis nct soled badly use this olcth to clesn the
ares with a rubbing mation for BO seconds

+ Following this, vipe area dry with a clean white cotton cloth

14.109 Interior Maintenance

For fabric, oarpets, cloth seats, safety belts and seats:
Remove dust and loose dir with a vecuum cleaner
+ Remove ligt stains and sol with carpet and upholstery cleaner.

+ If grease or tar is present on the material, spct-clesn the area first with a stain

+ Do not use househcid cleaning products or glass aleaners. which oan stain and
“socle the febrio and affect the lame reterdare abilties cf the seer materials,

+ Do no use clearing solvents, blesch or dye on the vehicle's safety bets, as these
‘ations may weaken the belt webbing,

14.10.10 Leather Seats (where applicable)

Your leather seating surfaces have a oleer. protective costing over the leather.

+ To can. use a soft cloth with a leather and vinyl cleaner, Ory the ares with a soft
‘lath

+ Tohelp maintain ts resiiency and color. use the lesther care ki, avaiable from an
Authorized Mahindra Desier

+ Do not use househald clearing products, alcohol solutions, schents or aleaners
intended for rubber, wnyl end plastics, or al/petrdeumbased lesther
‘conditioners, These products may cause premature wearing of the clear
protective costing

1418

le: galos

@25,1)

D
A NOTICE

In some instances, a color or dye transfer can occur when wet clcthing comes
in contact with leather upholstery. If this occurs, clean the leather immediately
0 avai permaner staining,

141011 Underbody

Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently Keep body and door drain
holes free from packed drt. You oan also use an enticorosion spray fer the
Underbody to avc rusting and corresian especialy for yehales in coastal places,

14.11 Air Conditioning System Maintenance

Your vehicles air-conditioning is a sealed system. Ary major maintenance, such as
recharng shoud b> dore by & quaified teirician However. you can do a few
rings by yourself to make sure the ai conditioning works efficient

Run the airconditioning system at least once a week even during the cold westher
rares, Fun it for at least ten minutes with the engine runring at normal operating
‘temperature, This Grouistes the lubricating ol cortaned inthe refrigerart,

As CAUTION

Whenever you get the airccndicning system serviced, make sure the service
facliy uses & refngerant recyeing system. This system captures the
refrigerant for reuse. Releasing the refngerant into the atmosphere may
cause damage to the eruronment

14.12 Vehicle Storage:

It you are leaving your vehicle for more than 2 weeks you may wart to take stopping
o protect your betty. Disconnect the negative osble from the bettery. Anytime you
store your vehicle, or keep it cut of service ie, vacation) for two weeks or more. run

225. fie soit CONTENT br NUS

11.0 MO40 (b2992)

Monday May 18, 2015 11:59:19 AM
iF ditamap

GD

the air condtioning system at ide for about five minutes in the fresh ar mode and
high blower speed setting, This will ensure adequate system lubriostion ta minimiza.
the possibilty of compressor damage when the system is started again.

Ibis recorrmended storing the vehicle in a covered, clean, dry, wal leveled, vertileted
and closed piace.

1443 Winter Care
14.13.1 Dealing With Ice

Make sure you have window ice scrapers and deicers for the looks. When youre
Stuck. having a smell shovel is useful to dig out of the snow. The weight of a bag of
send in the trunk wil gue added traation in rearmhel drive vehicles and oan be used
to sprinkle on the snow and ice to gain better traction. And dort forget personal
protection such as 8 warm cost. hat. gloves and a Blarket, in case you get stuck in a
storm.

14.13.2 Keep Enough Fuel in the Tank
[Never let the fuel level the tank drop below the halffull mark. A sudden storm with
Unexpected heavy rains could leave you stranded for hours. Having adequate fuel
supply val allow you to ide the engine from time to time to keep warm.

Do not;

+ Tap the ice on the window to crack tor chip it for a good place to start scraping
You could end up cracking more than the ice and end up with a oracked or
shattered windsheld/ window

+ Pour warm or hot water on the windshield to melt ioe, This will crack your
vandhied

14.133 During Winter Storage

Sarthe engne ooossionsly. here are afew pointers tokeepinmind

le: galos

@261)

MAINTENANCE

+ Runit in wellvertilsted ares, Carbon moncxide oan build up quickly
+ Run for a minimum of 20 minutes to alow the engine to come up to the normal

‘operating temperature. This wil alow the oll to arcu and val also open up the
thermostat so rat your radistor antifreeze cirouates as well

+ Start up the air condtioner and/or heater and run both for 10 minutes or sa.
‘Again. ciroulatirg fads is essential for good fe c the system

+ Iftyour vehicle has power steering you may wart to turn the wheels afew times to
Keep the fluids fovang

14184 Exterior
Wash and wax your car to provide an extra layer of protection to your paire.
14.135 Vinyl and Rubber

{Use a good conditioner on al viny and rubber parts to prevert from drying out.
14188 Interior

(Gen the gass, shampoo the oarpets dig in between the seats to see what's there,
‘lean the upholstery in al nooks and comers.

14.137 Engine
Check al hoses and wires to make sure everything is in good condtion and replace

‘ary that need to be. The ast thing to do is to make sure the internal componerts of
the engne remain ubricated and dont corrode.

AANOTICE

If the engine is veing started after a very ong period of norruse. warm up the
‘engine & an dle speed for 23 minutes before chung the vehicle,

1419

226. 14.14 Bulb Replacement
14.14.1 Head Lamp Bulb Replacement

AR NOTICE

Me head lamp bub can be replaced without removing the head lamp assembly
from the vehicle The head lamp assembly has been remaved here for
ilustration purpose onÿ.

Toreplace the headlamp bub:
+ Ensure ignition is switched OFF
+ Remove reer dust cover from the headlamp

+ Remove the bub assembly vith connector from the head lamp by unlosking the
wire alamp

+ Detach the bub assembiy from the wiring cornector near to the headlamp

+ Insert the connector into the new bub (of the same wattage) and follow the
reverse procedure to assemble the bub assembiy in theheadight assembly

+ Clamp the bulb assembly by wire clamp properly
A CAUTION
Do nor touch she new bub with your Angers. Ol coneaminatcn wil severely

shorten bulb ife ifthe bub comes in contact with ary aly surface clean the
‘bub with rubbing achat

A CAUTION

To avoid burning yourself, do not replace the light bubs when they are hot.
Halogen tulbs have pressurized gas inside and ere to be handed with special

11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:19 AM File: VXUVDIT/
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap en)

GD

are. Mshanding mey cause the tub to bust or shatier. Hele the bub weh
ls metaplastic older / base and do ner touch he glass part wth bare hands

Using bubs with units of higher output cepecty/wattage is ilegal and may
damage your vehile's eletrica system.

‘Replacement bubs must meet the specication of original fittedbubs.

14.15 Projector Head lamp

A Headlamp Hox Beam Head lamp Low Beam (Projecto)
B Parkinglamp/Untt Gide E TumnSgnalLamp
© StaicBendinglamp

A NOTICE

Do not touch the new bulb with your fingers. Oil contamination will severely
‘Shorten bub ie. the bub comes 1 contact with ary oly surface, ean the
‘bub weh ribbing conos

227. 11.0 M040 (b2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:19 AM File: VXUVDIT/
MAP_WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap em

GD MAINTENANCE

A CAUTION

To avoid burning yourself. db not replace the light bubs when they are hot.
Halogen bulbs have pressurized ges inside and are to be handed with special
care Mishanding it may cause the bub to burst or shatter. Hold the bub with
its meta//plestic holder/base and do not touch the glass part with bere hands.

Ah CAUTION
Using bubs weh unis of higher ouput ogpaniy/wetzage is ilege and may

damage your vehicle's electrical system. Replacement bulbs must meet the
‘specification of onginaly feted bubs.

14.16 Non Projectile Head lamp

A Head lamp High Beam © HeadiempLow Been

B ParkingLamp/LigheGuide D Tum SgnalLamp

228. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:20 AM File: VXUVDIT/
WeWS_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

@29,1)

GD

14.17 Maintenance Schedule Chart

1 = Inspect and Correct A= Flaca C = Clean

Engine
ser mL, EEE CC
ona Bean à a E E a

Auto Tersione Bots Paplca evry 100K ms i 1

Cootre* Pepe ony BOK CN NT ENT SE COS E UN TN ET
‘ir Foland Bout

‘Fier Bemert* place ory ACs A A

Fue iter Carga Bosch) Replace very kms a A A A a
Fue iar Careto Feplce very Oki A a A

aus Pipe Maurras and rage =

E Inspect vey Oke 1 A

Wr sei: att) PE OKA | 7 7 7 i

‘Water ciment Dan SE GeV ng SEEM 0 0 \ \ \

Ti

Trerenfa I? ess vay 100K ins =
eng

ar (FOO ass a 5 a

229. P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

fee 11.0 M040 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:20 AM

le: galos

GD

MAINTENANCE

Inspect and Correct = space C = Chan

Replace at Sk OK and then

Torero EE a a a
re

Gro RONA LOUE LMD Pas sy Aka 1 a a TE Te NT
Parr role essen à ï f \ \ f
Fra arta Calar open Ie a a i ca nm
Suse

Propano Tae IEEE à ï i 1 \ fi
ur siapesonsottrae Mann | 1 \ 1 \ '
sas Ipsec \ ,
SO er ï '

Steerng

over Sergi Loe Le Chock opa cy co D DL LE A(T
Varna pe \

edad

Battery Elsurohte Level & Specie Gray Inspect every 10k kms 1 ' 1 1 \ 1 i ü ü '
AllLampe Horn Wpers ad Washers Inspect every 10kkms 1 ' 1 1 ñ 1 il 1 1 1
Head Lamp Airing Inspect avery 10k ns 1 1 1 1 1 \ 1 \ 1 1

230. 11.0 M040 (2992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:20 AM Fi
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

galos

GD

1 Inspect and Correct A= Fsplace C= Can

Hvac
Partie Fiber. Replace every 10k ims A A A A A A A a A A
Final Inspection

‘Tyee Pressure Inspect every service ü 1 1 ü 1 1 1 1 1 1
Underbody Mounting Bots for Tightness Inspect every 1Okkms 0 1 1 0 1 1 ü 1 1 1
oad Test Inspect every service ü 1 1 ü 1 1 ü i 1 1
‘Tye Petation* Inspect every 1Okime \ \ 1 ü 1 1 ü 1 ' 1
Savice Reminder Indcator Pasar Inspect every service ü \ ü ü 1 ' ü 1 1 1
Legend

"Change as por the kn or year whichever arte Charge brake and och at evry 40.000 kr or 2 years whichever sar
“Change as per the Im or2 years whichever carer Under extreme operating candons replace ar tar every 20.000 foma

"Change as par the kn or S years whichever safer ‘i Apptosble

on changeable bass

231. P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP |

F ditamapı

fee 11.0 M040 (62992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:21 AM File: VXUV. TE
Alphabetical Index

A

Conor Systm Mamaranes
Fée Gare Mate
Arcas: Pac foo Mase
‘Aron ON ACN).
Are comen

‘Ses Denar

‘eg ica, Dupont
‘Seg Mana

ra par.

‘arson Reooeem

‘Arson Sun warnen Lane.
as Mara lam

Égpaarmes Can ns Precios
seinen

‘obras Up Wino
‘Lose

Aa Nate ana Grau Coral
Raoheneng

‘es ae

os

Aa Us Pa

Abu

E

aman Charge hace: Amaro
anar Cha dex
ary Charing Stam Waring Lam.
u

Boies

Bi Kupbeamine

Cara ne Vr de

Cac enans tree

Enocing nancies Laa

Ehecng/Teopon rach Fad
na Tos Exp oct.

na Tong Poner Sana a

meas ar outs

Ehighaseantond Arta

eh sty aro.

Cons ror

Ents cone.

Cru Cone Aci

EE

sans
faa

io

e)

D

Baran Ven inde
Sanson

Dorian

Dar ar ring ms

‘evar ana Font animer ir.
reg Var Ven

Economy uen an
Seren

crane Gris Frío Gern (80)
Eon sub prepa ESP)
SanaConparımant

sans Conpa amant Fase Got

Enga Coca Temperature Gao
{Gane ang

‘Eine lng ina Wester.

Son necia ton

gna number

Eaten

Sara

amm am lamp

F

Fastanng ana Bat 2 Pont Lao).
Fastenng ta Seat at [Pome poe)

E
==
4530
a8
ds
Sa

232. P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

fee ewe. CONTENT REF MAP PUF dtemap | S02! AM File VOTE
Alphabetical Index

Fasa a
Fortes

Rei

Pweg tar

Ramee

Flame O8.

Fe Mame Fri

Frat rsa

Fete am.

ns D

Fi Sat Mage snare
Enlace)
Feten

Fomsane Stn
Fela aba on is
Peat igri

Fons ang on ing

Fuses eye

G

Grise

H

Hi Renee
Hah enane sin Tamara Wiring amp
Han Speeding.

Ka Daten con
Busen

Now tac Fler ee
erat rat Ass hä

a ere

amant Rayman Tm ad Cua Lane

es)

J

Sempra

K

L

LS evo venice BR
nana

e

Ginger.

Voss ANDRES.

Lan sane Oi presirs Warn Lamp
Lan Ra Mara Lamp

Lan Space ing

beeen an Capac

amo Fa Paneer.

3

1818
123

233. P_WEW8_CONTENT REF_MAP |

F ditamapı

fee 11.0 M040 (2992) _ Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:21 AM File: VXUV. one

en

Alphabetical Index
R

gal ras

N

Nave Boston

o

Beoneter
Ss teams Puro
(rari Susana.

P

Fane en Fd
FenagtameoN

Ema ons yi.

Pose nr po Exar Poi
Power econ
Pare

Q

rte Panne

s

Sate moos,
‘Sia Toe Enr Sing yur abi

‘Sauna postor Ont sta Sat (ES)
Seeond Ran tou amp
‘Secon Ron Sen arme Capioter

‘Si pact

ranita aan Rapacement
cana

Shara Whee Hem
ma

Sor gi
ey bre

Se Satan.
sais

Song magna

Son Oi Sr oer Vas
Save

T

Ting ak

‘evn Seren
Tenperure Ca
This on seg
ee
Teh

Town,
Terrasa
“aod Wear nator i

var
es
a8
33
Se
ear
es

sa
Fe
os

38

E]

234. 11.0 M040 (62992) Monday, May 18, 2015 11:59:21 AM File: \XUV_DIT/
WBINE_CONTENT REF_MAP_PDF ditamap

0351)

Alphabetical Index
U

naar ass
Untsanng th aa ot (est Bone SP gra
petra Oran eng ate
Upper zan To ee
panting. ma
Conte oe

Vv

Vins One are Ena Ss
Sine ant ambar Ml FH
Vins Onmesenr ‘aa
Vena sel armani ona Praca, ws

w

‘Warn Lamps Ori ae
‘Warnell ne mamen ae
aren mrmaton 12
Msg ere ide

128
seno arr Fou Tope aan
Dent 20
Van El
‘Wiper ote jane
Mica: 30
‘Wiper 820